0% found this document useful (0 votes)
69 views352 pages

Axeos Service

The document is a service manual for the Axeos hardware by Dentsply Sirona, detailing safety instructions, unit descriptions, operating procedures, troubleshooting, and service routines. It includes comprehensive sections on error messages, service routines, and technical specifications. The manual serves as a guide for service personnel to ensure proper maintenance and operation of the equipment.

Uploaded by

John Sun
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
69 views352 pages

Axeos Service

The document is a service manual for the Axeos hardware by Dentsply Sirona, detailing safety instructions, unit descriptions, operating procedures, troubleshooting, and service routines. It includes comprehensive sections on error messages, service routines, and technical specifications. The manual serves as a guide for service personnel to ensure proper maintenance and operation of the equipment.

Uploaded by

John Sun
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 352

New as of: 08.

2020

Axeos
Hardware

Service Manual

English
Table of contents Dentsply Sirona

Table of contents
1 About this Service Manual ...................................................................................... 10
1.1 Structure of the document............................................................................ 10
1.1.1 Identification of the danger levels .................................................. 10
1.1.2 Formats and symbols used............................................................ 10
1.2 Scope........................................................................................................... 11
1.3 Other relevant documents............................................................................ 11
1.4 Tools and auxiliary materials ....................................................................... 11

2 Safety instructions .................................................................................................. 12


2.1 Potentially lethal shock hazard .................................................................... 12
2.2 Notes on the unit.......................................................................................... 12
2.3 Changes to the unit...................................................................................... 12
2.4 Fixed connection.......................................................................................... 13
2.5 Electromagnetic compatibility ...................................................................... 13
2.6 Electrostatic discharge................................................................................. 13
2.7 Switch on the unit......................................................................................... 13
2.8 Condensation............................................................................................... 13
2.9 Laser light localizer ...................................................................................... 14
2.10 Ventilation slots............................................................................................ 14
2.11 Qualification of service personnel ................................................................ 14
2.12 Radiation protection ..................................................................................... 14
2.13 Safety checks............................................................................................... 15
2.14 Functional check and quality assurance ...................................................... 15
2.15 IT / Cybersecurity......................................................................................... 15

3 Unit description ....................................................................................................... 17


3.1 System version ............................................................................................ 17
3.2 Sensor versions ........................................................................................... 19
3.3 Installation versions ..................................................................................... 20
3.4 Modules and components............................................................................ 21
3.4.1 Slide ............................................................................................... 22
3.4.2 Stand.............................................................................................. 24
3.4.3 Cephalometer ................................................................................ 25
3.4.4 Remote control............................................................................... 25
3.5 Cover parts .................................................................................................. 26
3.6 Technical data.............................................................................................. 29
3.6.1 Unit data......................................................................................... 29
3.6.2 Transport, storage, and operating conditions ................................ 31

67 30 704 D3644
2 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona Table of contents

3.6.3 Diagrams........................................................................................ 32
3.6.4 Requirements for the X-ray image PC ........................................... 33

4 General operating procedures ................................................................................ 34


4.1 Switch on the unit......................................................................................... 34
4.1.1 Factory setting after switch-on ....................................................... 35
4.2 Switch off the unit......................................................................................... 36
4.3 Removing covers ......................................................................................... 37
4.3.1 Arm ................................................................................................ 37
4.3.2 Stand.............................................................................................. 37
4.3.3 Ring................................................................................................ 38
4.3.4 Outer ring ....................................................................................... 40
4.3.5 Slide ............................................................................................... 43
4.3.6 Support and drawer ....................................................................... 44
4.3.7 Sensor unit..................................................................................... 45
4.3.8 Tube assembly............................................................................... 45
4.3.9 Easypad ......................................................................................... 46
4.3.10 Cephalometer ................................................................................ 47
4.4 Entering the service password on the PC.................................................... 49
4.5 Displaying unit information........................................................................... 50
4.6 Using demo mode – operation without radiation release ............................. 51
4.6.1 Switching on demo mode............................................................... 51
4.6.2 Switching off demo mode............................................................... 52
4.6.3 Important information for repacking and transport ......................... 53

5 Messages................................................................................................................ 55
5.1 Help messages ............................................................................................ 56
5.2 Status displays............................................................................................. 56
5.3 Error messages............................................................................................ 58
5.3.1 Error code: Ex yy zz....................................................................... 58
5.3.2 Ex - Error type................................................................................ 58
5.3.3 yy - Location................................................................................... 59
5.3.4 General handling of error messages.............................................. 59
5.4 List of error messages ................................................................................. 60
5.4.1 Location 06: Tube assembly/DX6 .................................................. 60
5.4.2 Location 07: Easypad/DX7 ............................................................ 66
5.4.3 Location 10: System hardware ...................................................... 70
5.4.4 Location 11: Power PC/Board DX11.............................................. 71
5.4.5 Location 12: CAN bus .................................................................... 74
5.4.6 Location 13: Stand/Peripherals...................................................... 75

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 3
Table of contents Dentsply Sirona

5.4.7 Location 14: Digital extension, Sidexis 4 ....................................... 88


5.4.8 Location 15: Configuration, update ................................................ 90
5.4.9 Location 20: Sensor unit, general .................................................. 91
5.4.10 Location 22: 2D sensor .................................................................. 96
5.4.11 Location 23: 3D Sensor ................................................................. 97
5.4.12 Location 42: Remote control .......................................................... 98
5.4.13 Location 61: Diaphragm control, board DX61................................ 102
5.4.14 Location 81, board DX81, ceph slot............................................... 108
5.4.15 Location 83: Sensor unit ................................................................ 112
5.4.16 Location 91: Cephalometer, board DX91....................................... 114

6 Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................... 118


6.1 Error logging memory .................................................................................. 118
6.1.1 Example of error logging data........................................................ 120
6.2 Checking the CAN bus................................................................................. 121
6.2.1 Checking the CAN bus with the diagnostic function of board DX1 125
6.2.2 Jumper positions in the CAN bus................................................... 125
6.3 Checking the boards .................................................................................... 126
6.3.1 Checking board DX32.................................................................... 128
6.4 Checking the motors .................................................................................... 130
6.5 Checking the light barriers ........................................................................... 131
6.6 Device leakage current too high .................................................................. 132
6.7 Checking the cables..................................................................................... 133
6.8 Checking fiber-optic cables.......................................................................... 134
6.9 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path................................................. 136
6.10 Checking the data paths .............................................................................. 139

7 Service routines ...................................................................................................... 140


7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad ................................................... 140
7.1.1 Overview of service routines.......................................................... 140
7.1.2 Service menu and service routines................................................ 143
[Link] Displays and symbols in the service menu................... 143
7.1.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu of the Easypad .. 145
[Link] Calling the service menu .............................................. 145
[Link] Selecting service routines and test steps ..................... 146
[Link] Select parameters ........................................................ 148
[Link] Saving parameters ....................................................... 148
[Link] Exiting the test step and service routine....................... 150
7.1.4 S001: Radiation without rotary movement, fixed maximum
radiation time ................................................................................. 151

67 30 704 D3644
4 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona Table of contents

7.1.5 S002: Radiation without rotary movement, selectable kV/mA


level and maximum radiation time ................................................. 153
[Link] S002: Test step 1 ......................................................... 153
[Link] S002: Test step 3 ......................................................... 154
[Link] S002: Test step 4 ......................................................... 155
7.1.6 S005: General X-ray tube assembly service.................................. 157
[Link] S005: Test step 2 ......................................................... 157
[Link] S005: Test step 4 ......................................................... 158
[Link] S005: Test step 5 ......................................................... 158
[Link] S005: Test step 6 ......................................................... 159
[Link] S005: Test step 7 ......................................................... 160
7.1.7 S007: Fault buffer .......................................................................... 162
[Link] S007: Test step 1 ......................................................... 162
[Link] S007: Test step 2 ......................................................... 163
7.1.8 S008: Update service..................................................................... 164
[Link] S008: Test step 2 ......................................................... 164
[Link] S008: Test step 3 ......................................................... 164
7.1.9 S011: Dosimetry (without ring movement)..................................... 165
[Link] S011: Test step 14 ....................................................... 165
[Link] S011: Test step 24 ....................................................... 166
7.1.10 S012: CAN bus service.................................................................. 167
[Link] S012: Test step 1 ......................................................... 167
[Link] S012: Test step 2 ......................................................... 168
[Link] S012: Test step 3 ......................................................... 168
[Link] S012: Test step 4 ......................................................... 169
7.1.11 S014: Rotation motor service......................................................... 170
[Link] S014: Test step 3 ......................................................... 170
[Link] S014: Test step 4 ......................................................... 170
7.1.12 S015: Actuator service................................................................... 172
[Link] S015: Test step 5 ......................................................... 172
7.1.13 S017: Configuration service........................................................... 173
[Link] S017: Test step 2 ......................................................... 174
[Link] S017: Test step 3 ......................................................... 176
[Link] S017: Test step 4 ......................................................... 177
[Link] S017: Test step 6 ......................................................... 178
[Link] S017: Test step 8 ......................................................... 179
[Link] S017: Test step 13 ....................................................... 180
[Link] S017: Test step 14 ....................................................... 181
[Link] S017: Test step 18 ....................................................... 182
[Link] S017: Test step 19 ....................................................... 183

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 5
Table of contents Dentsply Sirona

[Link] S017: Test step 28 ....................................................... 184


[Link] S017: Test step 29 ....................................................... 185
7.1.14 S018: Service for height adjustment .............................................. 186
[Link] S018: Test step 2 ......................................................... 187
[Link] S018: Test step 3 ......................................................... 188
[Link] S018: Test step 4 ......................................................... 189
[Link] S018: Test step 5 ......................................................... 190
[Link] S018: Test step 6 ......................................................... 190
[Link] S018: Test step 7 ......................................................... 191
[Link] S018: Test step 8 ......................................................... 193
[Link] S018: Test step 9 ......................................................... 195
[Link] S018: Test step 10 ....................................................... 197
7.1.15 S020: Service for temple support................................................... 199
[Link] S020: Test step 1 ......................................................... 199
7.1.16 S021: Service for the packing position........................................... 201
[Link] S021: Test step 3 ......................................................... 201
[Link] S021: Test step 4 ......................................................... 201
7.1.17 S032: Sensor test .......................................................................... 203
[Link] S032: Test step 10 ....................................................... 203
[Link] S032: Test step 50 ....................................................... 203
[Link] Possible results of self-test and troubleshooting
measures...................................................................... 204
7.1.18 S033: Test of ceph image path (for ceph units only) ..................... 205
[Link] S033: Test step 10 ....................................................... 205
[Link] Explanations on the test procedure .............................. 207
[Link] Possible results of self-test and troubleshooting
measures...................................................................... 208
7.1.19 S034: Service for the digital cephalometer .................................... 209
[Link] S034: Test step 4 ......................................................... 209
[Link] S034: Test step 5 ......................................................... 212
[Link] S034: Test step 6 ......................................................... 215
[Link] S034: Test step 8 ......................................................... 216
[Link] S034: Test step 9 ......................................................... 217
[Link] S034: Test step 10 ....................................................... 219
7.1.20 S037: Network service ................................................................... 222
[Link] S037: Test step 1 ......................................................... 222
[Link] S037: Test step 2 ......................................................... 224
[Link] S037: Test step 3 ......................................................... 225
[Link] S037: Test step 4 ......................................................... 226

67 30 704 D3644
6 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona Table of contents

8 Repair ..................................................................................................................... 229


8.1 Safety checks............................................................................................... 230
8.2 Pan actuators (M1_1/2)................................................................................ 231
8.2.1 Replacing actuators ....................................................................... 231
8.2.2 Laying of cables when replacing the actuator................................ 233
8.3 Bite block holder .......................................................................................... 234
8.3.1 Replacing the bite block holder...................................................... 234
8.3.2 Replacing the silicone rings ........................................................... 235
8.3.3 Replacing board DX51 in the bite block holder.............................. 236
8.4 Diaphragm unit............................................................................................. 237
8.4.1 Replacing the diaphragm unit ........................................................ 237
8.5 Cephalometer .............................................................................................. 239
8.5.1 Replacing the ceph sensor holder ................................................. 239
8.5.2 Replacing the ceph sensor ............................................................ 240
8.5.3 Replacing board DX91................................................................... 241
8.6 Easypad ....................................................................................................... 242
8.6.1 Replacing the user interface on the Easypad ................................ 242
8.6.2 Replacing the arm on the Easypad................................................ 244
8.6.3 Laying cables when replacing the Easypad................................... 246
8.7 Remote control............................................................................................. 247
8.7.1 Replacing board DX42................................................................... 247
8.8 Sliding block................................................................................................. 249
8.8.1 Replacing the sliding block ............................................................ 249
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle ..................................................... 252
8.9.1 Preparing for motor replacement ................................................... 252
[Link] Moving the slide manually ............................................ 252
8.9.2 Removing the power supply unit (board DX32) ............................. 255
8.9.3 Replacing the height adjustment motor/spindle ............................. 256
8.9.4 Laying of cables when replacing the height adjustment motor ...... 259
8.10 Cable............................................................................................................ 262
8.10.1 Replacing energy chain 1 completely ............................................ 262
8.11 Headrest ...................................................................................................... 266
8.11.1 Replacing the headrest .................................................................. 266
8.11.2 Laying of cables when replacing the headrest............................... 267
8.12 Laser light localizers .................................................................................... 268
8.12.1 FH laser light localizer (Pan).......................................................... 268
[Link] Replacing the laser module in the FH (Pan) laser light
localizer ........................................................................ 269
[Link] Adjusting the FH laser light localizers (pan) ................. 270

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 7
Table of contents Dentsply Sirona

8.12.2 FH laser light localizer (Ceph)........................................................ 271


[Link] Replacing the ceph laser module in the FH laser light
localizer (ceph) ............................................................. 271
[Link] Adjusting the FH laser light localizer (Ceph) ................ 272
8.12.3 MS laser light localizer (pan).......................................................... 273
[Link] Replacing the laser module in the MS laser light
localizer (pan) ............................................................... 273
[Link] Adjusting the MS laser light localizer (Pan) .................. 274
8.12.4 Laser area display (VOL) ............................................................... 275
[Link] Replacing the laser area display (VOL)........................ 275
[Link] Adjusting the laser area display (VOL) ......................... 276
8.12.5 Laying of cables when replacing the laser localizers ..................... 278
8.12.6 Checking the connection of the MS and FH (pan) laser light
localizers ........................................................................................ 279
8.13 Light barriers ................................................................................................ 280
8.14 Occlusal bite block ....................................................................................... 283
8.14.1 Replacing the occlusal bite block................................................... 283
8.15 Replacing boards in the arm and stand ....................................................... 284
8.15.1 Replacing board DX1..................................................................... 284
8.15.2 Replacing board DX11................................................................... 285
8.15.3 Board DX32 ................................................................................... 286
8.16 Reed sensor................................................................................................. 287
8.16.1 Replacing the reed sensor ............................................................. 287
8.16.2 Laying of cables when replacing the reed sensor.......................... 289
8.17 Ring motor (M1_3) ....................................................................................... 290
8.17.1 Replacing the ring motor................................................................ 290
8.17.2 Replacing the pinion at the ring motor ........................................... 291
8.17.3 Laying cables when replacing the reed sensor.............................. 292
8.18 X-ray tube assembly .................................................................................... 293
8.18.1 Replacing the X-ray tube assembly ............................................... 293
8.18.2 Replacing the fan in the X-ray tube assembly ............................... 296
8.18.3 Laying cables when replacing the X-ray tube assembly ................ 297
8.19 Rotation unit................................................................................................. 299
8.19.1 Replacing the rotation unit ............................................................. 299
8.20 Cable carriers............................................................................................... 302
8.20.1 Loosening cables and plug connections ........................................ 302
8.20.2 Mechanical replacement of the cable carrier ................................. 307
8.20.3 Final work....................................................................................... 308

67 30 704 D3644
8 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona Table of contents

8.21 Sensor unit................................................................................................... 309


8.21.1 3D Sensor ...................................................................................... 309
[Link] Removing the 3D sensor .............................................. 309
[Link] Mounting the 3D sensor ............................................... 310
[Link] Connecting the 3D sensor ............................................ 311
[Link] Final work ..................................................................... 312
8.21.2 2D sensor....................................................................................... 314
[Link] Replacing the 2D sensor .............................................. 314
[Link] Connecting a sensor unit.............................................. 314
[Link] Final work ..................................................................... 315
8.21.3 Replacing fan package .................................................................. 317
8.21.4 Replace board DX83...................................................................... 318

9 Maintenance ........................................................................................................... 321


9.1 Inspecting the bite block holder ................................................................... 321
9.2 Testing the rotating unit for smooth running ................................................ 323
9.3 Adjusting and calibrating the unit ................................................................. 324
9.4 Checking the unit leakage current ............................................................... 325
9.5 Checking the height adjustment................................................................... 327
9.6 Checking the cable shields .......................................................................... 329
9.7 Control exposures/Test images ................................................................... 330
9.8 Checking the laser light localizers................................................................ 331
9.9 Checking the grounding straps .................................................................... 334
9.10 Checking the tube data ................................................................................ 335
9.10.1 Checking the tube voltage ............................................................. 335
9.10.2 Checking the tube current.............................................................. 336
9.10.3 Checking the fan and temperature sensor in the tube assembly
housing .......................................................................................... 339
9.10.4 checking the radiation time ............................................................ 339
9.11 Checking the X-ray images.......................................................................... 341
9.12 Check rotation unit on the sensor unit for ease of access ........................... 342
9.13 Checking the idling rollers............................................................................ 343
9.14 Checking the protective ground wires.......................................................... 344
9.15 Checking the ceph sensor holder ................................................................ 347
9.16 Checking the forehead and temple supports ............................................... 348
9.17 Checking the cables for damage ................................................................. 349

10 Dismantling and disposal ........................................................................................ 350


10.1 Dismantling and reinstallation ...................................................................... 350
10.2 Disposal ....................................................................................................... 350

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 9
1 About this Service Manual Dentsply Sirona
1.1 Structure of the document

1 About this Service Manual

1.1 Structure of the document


1.1.1 Identification of the danger levels
To prevent personal injury and material damage, please observe the
warning and safety information provided in these instructions for use.
Such information is highlighted as follows:

DANGER
An imminent danger that could result in serious bodily injury or death.

WARNING
A possibly dangerous situation that could result in serious bodily
injury or death.

CAUTION
A possibly dangerous situation that could result in slight bodily injury.

NOTE
A possibly harmful situation which could lead to damage of the
product or an object in its environment.

IMPORTANT
Application instructions and other important information.

Tip: Information for simplifying work.

1.1.2 Formats and symbols used


The formats and symbols used in this document have the following
meaning:

Prerequisite Requests you to do something.


1. First action step
2. Second action step
or
➢ Alternative action
Result
➢ Individual action step
See "Formats and symbols used Identifies a reference to another
[→ 10]" text passage and specifies its
page number.
● List Designates a list.
"Command / menu item" Indicates commands / menu
items or quotations.

67 30 704 D3644
10 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 1 About this Service Manual
1.2 Scope

1.2 Scope
These installation instructions describe the hardware installation of the
digital X-ray system Axeos. They are intended for use exclusively by
trained and authorized distributors and service technicians.

1.3 Other relevant documents


In addition to this manual, you need the following information:

Wiring diagrams
● Axeos Schaltunterlagen: REF 67 30 902

Installation instructions
● Axeos Hardware Installation: REF 67 30 811
● Installation, Inbetriebnahme und Service der Software für das Axeos
Imagine System: REF 67 30 852
● Sidexis 4 Installation Instructions: REF 64 47 200

Spares drive
(including electronic spare parts catalog)
● Order no. Spares drive: 63 21 868
You can download the latest version of the service documentation from
the Dentsply Sirona dealer website.

1.4 Tools and auxiliary materials


● Screwdriver set (slot and Phillips)
● Torx offset screwdrivers TX10, TX20, TX25
(included in the scope of supply)
● Open-end wrench, SW13
● Socket wrench, SW13
● Side cutting pliers
● Caliper gage
● Spirit level
● Digital Multimeter, Accuracy Class 1
● Mult-O-Meter 512L
®
● Fiber test device; e.g. Fiberpoint 250MD
● Soldering tool for repairing cables
● Cable ties
● Teflon tape
● Loctite

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 11
2 Safety instructions Dentsply Sirona
2.1 Potentially lethal shock hazard

2 Safety instructions

2.1 Potentially lethal shock hazard


DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
When replacing parts or in the event of extensions in the power
supply line, power switch, board DX32, or X-ray tube assembly area,
there is danger to life due to a potentially lethal shock hazard.
Before you start:
➢ It is essential to ensure the unit is not supplied with voltage.
➢ Always disconnect the unit from the junction box of the building
installation.

2.2 Notes on the unit


The following symbols are applied to the unit:
This symbol can be found on the rating plate on the unit.
Meaning: Observe the Operating Instructions when operating the unit.

This symbol can be found on the rating plate on the unit.


Meaning: The accompanying documents are available on the Dentsply
Sirona homepage.

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) Connector pins or sockets bearing ESD warning labels must not be
touched or interconnected without ESD protective measures. See also
‘Electrostatic discharge’ and ‘Electromagnetic compatibility’ [→ 13].

Identification of single use devices Prior to each exposure, the hygienic protective sleeves (single use
devices) must be fitted.
Single use devices are identified with the symbol shown on the left.
They must be disposed of immediately after use. Do not use single use
devices more than once.

2.3 Changes to the unit


Modifications to this unit which might affect the safety of the system
owner, patients, or other persons are prohibited by law!
For reasons of product safety, this product may be operated only with
original Dentsply Sirona accessories or third-party accessories
expressly approved by Dentsply Sirona. The user is responsible for any
damage resulting from the use of non-approved accessories.

67 30 704 D3644
12 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 2 Safety instructions
2.4 Fixed connection

2.4 Fixed connection


DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
Fixed connection!
Installing a mains plug instead of the specified fixed connection
infringes international medical regulatory actions and is prohibited. In
case of error, this puts patients, users, and other parties seriously at
risk.

2.5 Electromagnetic compatibility


The unit complies with the requirements of IEC 60601-1-2.
Medical electrical equipment is subject to special EMC-related
precautions. It must be installed and operated as specified in the
document ‘Installation Requirements’.
If high-voltage systems, radio link systems, or MRI systems are located
within 5 m of the unit, please observe the specifications stated in the
installation requirements.
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment may affect medical
electrical equipment. Therefore, the use of mobile wireless phones in
medical office or hospital environments must be prohibited.
Please also observe the ESD protective measures in the chapter titled
‘Electrostatic discharge’.

2.6 Electrostatic discharge


Electrostatic discharge (abbreviated: ESD – ElectroStatic Discharge)
Electrostatic discharge from people can damage electronic components
when the components are touched.
Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any
boards.

2.7 Switch on the unit


Due to the risk of injury caused by malfunction, no person may be
positioned in the unit when it is switched on.

2.8 Condensation
Extreme fluctuations of temperature may cause condensation inside the
unit. Do not switch the unit on before it has reached normal room
temperature. See also the chapter Technical data.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 13
2 Safety instructions Dentsply Sirona
2.9 Laser light localizer

2.9 Laser light localizer


The system incorporates Class 1 laser products.
A minimum distance of 10 cm (4") is required between the eye and the
laser. Do not stare into the beam.
Do not use the system with any other lasers, and do not make any
changes to settings or processes that are not described in these
operating instructions. This may lead to a dangerous exposure to
radiation.

2.10 Ventilation slots


Under no circumstances may the ventilation slots on the unit or the
sensor unit be covered, otherwise the air circulation will be obstructed.
This can cause the unit or sensor unit to overheat.

2.11 Qualification of service personnel


Installation and startup may be carried out only by personnel specifically
authorized by Dentsply Sirona.

2.12 Radiation protection


The valid radiation protection regulations and measures must be
observed. The required radiation protection equipment must be used.
During the exposure, the service technician is required to remove
themselves as far from the X-ray tube assembly as the coiled cable of
the release button permits.
With the exception of the service technician, no other persons are
allowed to stay in the room during an exposure.
In case of malfunctions, cancel the exposure immediately by letting go
of the release button.

NOTE
The 3D imaging is not to be used for screening examinations.
3D image examinations must be clinically displayed and each
examination must be justified in order to prove that the benefits
outweigh the risks.

NOTE
If it is likely that the assessment of the soft tissue will be required as
part of the radiological assessment of the patient, standard CT or
MRT should be used as the imaging procedure rather than 3D
imaging with cone beam technology.

67 30 704 D3644
14 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 2 Safety instructions
2.13 Safety checks

2.13 Safety checks


Once repairs are completed, the circuit breaker test and unit leakage
current test must be carried out (see chapter "Checking the circuit
breaker" and "Checking the unit leakage current").

2.14 Functional check and quality assurance


Functional check Following any form of service and maintenance work, a functional check
of the unit must be performed, see technical document "Axeos Software
installation, commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852.
Quality check Following service and maintenance work that requires an acceptance
test, please observe the following documents:
● Germany, Austria, Switzerland:
Axeos Abnahmeprüfung 2D und 3D (DIN 6868), REF 67 35 455
● Worldwide:
Axeos Acceptance Test 2D and 3D (Dentsply Sirona /
21.CFR1020.33), REF 67 30 894

2.15 IT / Cybersecurity
An important concern of our company is to draw our customers'
attention to the protection of Dentsply Sirona X-ray units and to related
recommendations for ensuring an optimal and secure IT environment
for these units.
● If the unit is integrated in a network of a practice or clinic, Dentsply
Sirona strongly recommends the setup of a "private LAN" between
the X-ray unit and the X-ray image PC with PC software, for
example by installing a second network adapter.
● To guarantee adequate IT / cybersecurity, a fixed IP address must
be assigned for the unit. The IP address must not be assigned via
DHCP.
● For an optimal and secure IT environment, Dentsply Sirona strongly
recommends the usage of a Windows 10 operating system with
long-term support, e.g. Windows 10 Enterprise LTS.
● To guarantee effective protection against malware and cyberattacks,
Dentsply Sirona strongly recommends installing the latest security
tools for Windows networks (e.g. malware protection, firewalls,
intrusion detection system) on the X-ray image PC.
● Error message E5 14 04 (Network connection lost):
Before establishing readiness for exposure, the unit must be
restarted. If the error recurs after the restart, assume a cyberattack

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 15
2 Safety instructions Dentsply Sirona
2.15 IT / Cybersecurity

and contact the network administrator before performing a patient


exposure.
● Dentsply Sirona strongly recommends avoiding the use of virtual
machines for operating systems.
● Dentsply Sirona strongly recommends against installing additional
software on the X-ray image PC (unless absolutely necessary).
● Dentsply Sirona strongly recommends the prompt installation of
security updates for the PC operating system.
● Dentsply Sirona strongly recommends installing the PC software
only on work stations with restricted user access.
● Dentsply Sirona strongly recommends restricting physical access to
the IT infrastructure of the practice or clinic.

67 30 704 D3644
16 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 3 Unit description
3.1 System version

3 Unit description

3.1 System version

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 17
3 Unit description Dentsply Sirona
3.1 System version

System versions Description


A Axeos Digital X-ray unit with digital 2D and 3D
sensor
3D sensor: digital flat sensor with a-Si
technology (amorphous silicon)
2D sensor: Digital CdTe sensor with di-
rect converter technology for
panoramic exposure technology
B Axeos with ceph, Axeos digital X-ray unit
left-side arm with cephalometer as left-side arm
C Axeos with ceph, Axeos digital X-ray unit
right-side arm with cephalometer as right-side arm

67 30 704 D3644
18 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 3 Unit description
3.2 Sensor versions

3.2 Sensor versions


Sensor unit:
Sensor unit for panoramic X-rays (Pan) and volume exposures (3D): 2D
and 3D sensor

Ceph sensor: 2D sensor for cephalometric X-ray (Ceph)

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 19
3 Unit description Dentsply Sirona
3.3 Installation versions

3.3 Installation versions

A Standard installation
Unit without remote control with release button on the coiled ca-
ble in the treatment room.
B Installation version 1
Unit with remote control outside the X-ray room without release
button on the coiled cable. (see section "Installation version 1:
Without coiled cable").
C Installation version 2
Unit with remote control outside the X-ray room with release
button on the coiled cable. (see section "Installation version 2:
With spiral cable").

67 30 704 D3644
20 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 3 Unit description
3.4 Modules and components

3.4 Modules and components

A Slide [→ 22]
B Stand [→ 24]
C Cephalometer [→ 25]
D Remote control [→ 25]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 21
3 Unit description Dentsply Sirona
3.4 Modules and components

3.4.1 Slide

RS

DX11
LS MU

DX1
DX5 M1, M2
LS
LS
MAK1, MAK2

DX83 DX6*

DX61*

DX51

DX7*

67 30 704 D3644
22 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 3 Unit description
3.4 Modules and components

Component Designation Function


Boards DX1 Open loop/closed loop control in gen-
eral
DX11 Controller board
DX5 Headrest adapter
DX51 Occlusal bite block
DX6* Open loop/closed loop tube assembly
DX7* Easypad touchscreen
DX61* Diaphragm control
DX83 Control board sensor unit
Motor MU Rotary movement of rotating element
MAK1, Linear movement of rotating element
MAK2
M1, M2 Linear movement of headrest
Light barriers LS Position control of the ring cycle

*) not available as individual repair part (see spare parts list).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 23
3 Unit description Dentsply Sirona
3.4 Modules and components

3.4.2 Stand

Component Designation Function


Boards DX32 Power supply board
Motor MHV Linear movement of height adjust-
ment
Line filter

67 30 704 D3644
24 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 3 Unit description
3.4 Modules and components

3.4.3 Cephalometer

DX91

MS

LS

Component Designation Function


Boards DX91 Cephalometer control
Motors MS Stepping motors: linear movement
of secondary diaphragm and sen-
sor
Light barriers LS Position check

3.4.4 Remote control


Component Designation Function
Board DX42 Display board for remote control

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 25
3 Unit description Dentsply Sirona
3.5 Cover parts

3.5 Cover parts


When removing covers, always remember that direct sunlight or bright
room lighting can cause system malfunctions due to activated light
barriers. Therefore: avoid direct sunlight and bright room lighting above
the unit!
Reattach all covers. When attaching the covers: be sure to screw the
sheet metal cover back on.
IMPORTANT: For reasons of electromagnetic compatibility, be sure to
fasten all screws.
In the graphic you see an overview of all the covers of the device.
Removal of the covers is described in detail in section Removing covers
[→ 37].

67 30 704 D3644
26 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 3 Unit description
3.5 Cover parts

P C J
D

L
F

I
M

G
B

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 27
3 Unit description Dentsply Sirona
3.5 Cover parts

A Profile covers, top and bottom


B Intermediate piece
C Arm cover, top
D Slide cover, top rear
E Slide cover, bottom rear
F Slide cover, center rear
G Sensor unit cover, complete
H Support cover, bottom
I Support cover, top
J Tube assembly cover, inside
K Tube assembly cover, outside
S Ring cover
M Slide cover, complete
N Drawer
O Cover, ceph
P Arm cover

67 30 704 D3644
28 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 3 Unit description
3.6 Technical data

3.6 Technical data


3.6.1 Unit data
Model name: Axeos
Nominal voltage: 200 – 240 V
Permissible fluctuation: ± 10%
Permissible drop under 10 %
load:
Nominal current: 12 A
Nominal power output: 2 kW at 90 kV/12 mA with any radiation
time
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Mains resistance: Max. 0.8 ohms
Main building fuse: 25 A slow-blow (16 A for single line)
Power consumption: 2 kVA
Power output of tube as- 69 kV / 16 mA = 1104 W with any radi-
sembly: ation time
Tube voltage: 60 – 90 kV (for 90 kV max. 12 mA)
Tube current: 3 – 16 mA (for 16 mA max. 69 kV)
Maximum setting range: 60 kV / 3 mA to 90 kV / 12 mA
High-voltage waveform: High-frequency multipulse
Residual ripple ≤ 4 kV
High voltage generation fre- 40 – 120 kHz
quency:
Program duration: See "Program values"
Exposure time: See "Program values"
Image acquisition scale: For P1, normal dental arch (slice cen-
ter) approx. 1:1.25, i.e. the acquired im-
age is magnified by approx. 24% on av-
erage compared to reality.
Exposure time for a Max. 14.9 s
cephalometric exposure:
Image acquisition scale for Approx. 1:1.1, i.e. the acquired image
a cephalometric exposure: is magnified by approx. 10% on aver-
age compared to reality.

Total filtration of X-ray tube > 2.5 mm AI / 90 IEC 60522


assembly: For volume exposures:
0.3 mm Cu for VOL1/2/3 in SD and HD
modes
0.5 mm Cu for VOL4 in SD and HD
modes
1 mm Cu VOL1/2/3/4 in Low Dose
mode

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 29
3 Unit description Dentsply Sirona
3.6 Technical data

Focal spot size as specified 0.5 mm


in IEC 60336, measured in
the central X-ray beam:
Marking of focal spot:

Source-to-skin distance: > 200 mm (8")


Automatic exposure block- The duration of automatic exposure
ing: blocking (cooling period) depends on
the set kV/mA level and the actual ex-
posure time. Depending on the tube
load, interval times of 8 s to 300 s are
automatically set by the system.
Example: For program P1 with expo-
sure data of 84 kV / 12 mA and a radia-
tion time of 14.1 s, the pause duration
is 150 s.

Equipment class: IPX0


Class I device
Degree of protection
against electric shock: Type B device

Degree of protection Ordinary equipment (without protection


against ingress of water: against ingress of water)
Year of manufacture:
20XX (on the rating plate)
Operating mode: Continuous operation
Long-term power output: 200 W
Anode material: Tungsten
Exposure parameters for 2 mA / 90 kV
determining leakage radia-
tion:

X-ray tube
Siemens SR 90/15 FN

2D sensor
Digital CdTe sensor with direct converter technology (DCS) for
panoramic radiographic technique

Active sensor area, Pan 146 x 6 mm


type:
Pixel size: 0.1 mm
Focus-to-sensor distance: 497 mm

67 30 704 D3644
30 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 3 Unit description
3.6 Technical data

3D sensor
Digital flat panel detector with a-Si technology (amorphous silicon)

With 3D exposure technology:


Active sensor area: 230 mm x 160 mm
Pixel size: 0.12 mm
Focus-to-sensor distance: 524 mm
Max. filtration in front of < 1.2 mm Al
sensor:

Ceph sensor
Digital line sensor with CCD technology

Active sensor area, Ceph 230 mm x 6.48 mm


type:
Pixel size: 0.027 mm
Focus-to-sensor distance: 1714 mm

3.6.2 Transport, storage, and operating conditions


Transport and storage con- Temperature: -10 °C – +70 °C (14 °F –
ditions: 158 °F)
Relative humidity: 10 % – 95 %
Air pressure: 50 kPA – 106 kPA

Operating conditions: Ambient temperature +18 °C – +31 °C


(64 °F – 88 °F)
Relative humidity: 30 % - 85 % (no con-
densation)
Air pressure: 70 kPA – 106 kPA
Operating altitude: ≤ 3000 m above sea level

Cephalometer
+70 95 106 Transport and storage con- Temperature: -40°C – +70°C (-40°F –
ditions: 158°F)
-40 °C 10 50 kPa
Relative humidity: 10% – 95%
Air pressure: 50 kPA – 106 kPA

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 31
3 Unit description Dentsply Sirona
3.6 Technical data

3.6.3 Diagrams
Cooling curve for tube housing

Cooling curve of X-ray tube


SR 90/15 FN

Heating curve for tube housing

Central X-ray beam and anode angle


10°

67 30 704 D3644
32 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 3 Unit description
3.6 Technical data

3.6.4 Requirements for the X-ray image PC


Requirements for X-ray image PC
Operating system ● Windows 10 version 1909 (64 bit)
Processor ≥ 2.3 GHz QuadCore
with SSE3 support, (Intel ≥ i7-3xxx or comparable)
Main memory > 16 GB
Hard disk ≥ 2 TB of free hard disk space
Graphics card DirectX 11 graphics card
(4 GB RAM dedicated) with the latest graphics card driver.
A list of tested graphics adapters can be found in the Dentsply Sirona dealer
area.
Screen resolution Minimum 1280 x 1024 pixels
Recommended 1600 x 1200 pixels
Drive ● DVD ROM
● DVD RAM (to use Wrap & Go)
Screen Suitable for diagnosis applications
Software ● Acrobat Reader, contained on DVD
(required for the PDF test report function)

IMPORTANT
The described requirements for the X-ray image PC are only
necessary on one computer per X-ray unit.

IMPORTANT
As part of the requirements for the X-ray image PC< please also note
the specific requirements for the Sidexis 4 server station!

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 33
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.1 Switch on the unit

4 General operating procedures

4.1 Switch on the unit

WARNING
The unit emits X-ray radiation.
Excess exposure to X-rays is detrimental to health.
➢ Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection.
➢ Do not stay in the X-ray room during exposure. Move as far away
from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you
to.

CAUTION
Malfunctions can occur when switching on the unit.
A patient positioned in the unit may be injured by moving parts.
➢ Please ensure that a patient is not positioned in the unit when
switching on the unit and selecting the operating mode (up until
the completion of sensor positioning).

NOTE
The occlusal bite block could be damaged.
The occlusal bite block contact can be broken off or bent during
insertion, removal, and storage.
➢ Be careful not to damage the contact.

NOTE
The unit could be damaged.
Check the room height before you raise the unit.
➢ If the room height is less than 2.27 m (89 3/8") or 2.30 m (90 1/2")
for installation with the floor stand, you must limit the maximum
travel height.

NOTE
The unit could be damaged.
Make sure that no objects are in the movement range of the device
when it moves (exception: Calibration block and positioning aids).

NOTE
Fluctuations in temperature can cause condensation to form in the
unit.
Electrical components are destroyed by short circuits.
➢ Do not switch the unit on until the temperature of the unit has
adapted to the ambient temperature and the condensation has
evaporated. See the chapter on ‘Technical data’.

67 30 704 D3644
34 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.1 Switch on the unit

NOTE
The unit must not be switched on/off constantly.
Constant switching on and off reduces the service life of individual
unit components and results in increased power consumption.
➢ After switching the unit off, wait for approx. 60 seconds before
switching it on again.

NOTE
The surface of the touchscreen is sensitive.
The touchscreen will be damaged or its surface scratched.
➢ Never use pointed objects such as ballpoint pens, pencils, etc. to
operate the touchscreen.
➢ Only use your fingertips to operate the touchscreen.

After switch-on, the unit requires approx. 1 min. of warm-up time.


At the same time, the self-adjustment routine for the mechanics and the
electronics of the unit is performed. If a key is pressed during the self-
adjustment routine, an error message will display on the Easypad.
1. Turn the main switch (A) to position I.
A 2. Wait for approx. 1 minute.
Ä The radiation indicator X-ray (C) lights up for approx. one
second as a functional check.
B Ä The height adjustment keys light up blue seconds for a number
of seconds, then quickly change to green.
Ä After approx. 2 seconds, the green LED B in the upper part of
C the Easypad lights up. This LED remains lit as long as the unit
is on.
Ä The start screen is displayed on the touchscreen for several
D seconds.
Ä The program selection is then displayed on the touchscreen.
Ä The forehead support and temple supports are completely
open.
3. Check whether the patient symbols on the touchscreen can be
selected in exactly the right position.
If problems occur during selection, adjust the touchscreen.

4.1.1 Factory setting after switch-on


The unit has the following factory configuration on delivery:
● English is preconfigured as the unit language.
● The start screen is switched on.
● The first name, last name and date of birth lines are displayed on the
welcome screen.
● The remote control is deactivated.
● Ambient light (background lighting) is set to "white".
If the customer requires a different configuration, this can be
implemented via service routine S017 (except for ambient light). You
can set the ambient light directly on the Easypad.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 35
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.2 Switch off the unit

4.2 Switch off the unit


CAUTION
The exposure memory of the unit is cleared when the unit is switched
off.
Images that have not been transferred to SIDEXIS are irretrievably
lost. The exposure must be repeated.
➢ Before switching off, ensure that "Device rescue" is not displayed
on the user interface (Help message H420).

NOTE
The unit must not be switched on/off constantly.
Constant switching on and off reduces the service life of individual
unit components and results in increased power consumption.
➢ After switching the unit off, wait for approx. 60 seconds before
switching it on again.

➢ Turn the main switch A to position 0.


A

67 30 704 D3644
36 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.3 Removing covers

4.3 Removing covers


4.3.1 Arm
Removal of "Arm cover, top"

A
A

1. Unscrew the 2 screws (A) on the back of the unit.


2. Remove the arm cover by pulling it forward and then upward.

4.3.2 Stand
Removal of "Spindle cover" 1. Loosen the two screws of the spindle cover.
2. You can then remove the spindle cover.

Removal of "Profile cover with 1. Switch on the unit and move the slide downward as far as possible
intermediate piece" using the Down key on the Easypad (see Operating Instructions).
2. Switch the unit off again.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 37
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.3 Removing covers

3. Remove the "Intermediate piece cover" [→ 37] (A).


4. Loosen the screw (B) and take off the "Profile cover, top" [→ 37] (C).
5. Switch the unit on again and move the slide upward as far as
C possible using the Up key on the Easypad (see Operating
Instructions).
6. Switch the unit off again.

7. Loosen the screw (D) and take off the "Profile cover, bottom" [→ 37]
(E).
D

4.3.3 Ring
Removing "Tube assembly cover" ü The tube assembly has been driven to the left position.
1. Unscrew the 3 screws on the outer tube assembly cover and
remove it.
2. Unscrew the 2 screws on the inner tube assembly cover and
remove it.

67 30 704 D3644
38 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.3 Removing covers

Removal of "Sensor cover" 1. Unscrew the 2 screws on the outer sensor cover and pull the inner
sensor cover inward.
2. Pull the outer sensor cover outward and remove it.

3. Unscrew the 3 screws from the upper sensor cover and remove it.

Removal of "Ring cover, front" and "Ring 1. Remove the 4 screws of the "Ring cover" [→ 38].
cover, rear" 2. Carefully remove both cover parts.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 39
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.3 Removing covers

4.3.4 Outer ring


Removing "Tube assembly cover" ü The tube assembly has been driven to the left position.
1. Unscrew the 3 screws on the outer tube assembly cover and
remove it.
2. Unscrew the 2 screws on the inner tube assembly cover and
remove it.

Removal of "Sensor cover" 1. Unscrew the 2 screws on the outer sensor cover and pull the inner
sensor cover inward.
2. Pull the outer sensor cover outward and remove it.

3. Unscrew the 3 screws from the upper sensor cover and remove it.

67 30 704 D3644
40 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.3 Removing covers

Removal of "Ring cover, front" and "Ring 1. Remove the 4 screws of the "Ring cover" [→ 38].
cover, rear" 2. Carefully remove both cover parts.

Removal of ➢ While holding the headrest firmly from below, loosen the screw and
"Headrest" remove the defective headrest. Tip: To remove the headrest, you
must tilt it slightly.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 41
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.3 Removing covers

Removal of ➢ Unscrew the 4 screws and remove the outer ring together with the
"Outer ring cover" omega disk.

67 30 704 D3644
42 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.3 Removing covers

4.3.5 Slide
Removal of "Arm cover, top"

A
A

1. Unscrew the 2 screws (A) on the back of the unit.


2. Remove the arm cover by pulling it forward and then upward.
Removal of "Slide cover, top rear" 1. Unplug the cables of the recessed grip lighting (L78-1, X1503), the
ambient light (L78-2, X1501) and the FH laser (X607) from the
sockets of board DX1.

2. Remove the 2 remaining screws of the "Slide cover, top rear"


[→ 43].
3. Take off the "Slide cover, top rear" [→ 43].
4. Loosen the 4 screws on the "Slide cover, bottom rear" [→ 43].
5. Remove the "Slide cover, bottom rear" [→ 43] downward.
The "Slide cover, center, rear" [→ 43] can then be removed.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 43
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.3 Removing covers

6. Loosen all cable ties and carefully pull the cables downward
through the arm.
7. Loosen the "Front slide" [→ 43] cover, and carefully pull it all the
way forward and off.

4.3.6 Support and drawer


Removal of "Support and drawer cover" ü The "Slide cover, front" [→ 43] must have been removed (see
section Slide [→ 43]).

1. Slide out the drawer from the "Support cover" [→ 44].


2. Loosen the 2 screws on the "Support cover, bottom" [→ 44].
3. Remove the "Support cover, bottom" [→ 44].
4. Pull the "Support cover, top" [→ 44]forward and away.

67 30 704 D3644
44 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.3 Removing covers

4.3.7 Sensor unit


Removal of "Sensor cover" 1. Unscrew the 2 screws on the outer sensor cover and pull the inner
sensor cover inward.
2. Pull the outer sensor cover outward and remove it.

3. Unscrew the 3 screws from the upper sensor cover and remove it.

4.3.8 Tube assembly


Removing "Tube assembly cover" ü The tube assembly has been driven to the left position.
1. Unscrew the 3 screws on the outer tube assembly cover and
remove it.
2. Unscrew the 2 screws on the inner tube assembly cover and
remove it.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 45
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.3 Removing covers

4.3.9 Easypad
Removal of "Arm cover, top"

A
A

1. Unscrew the 2 screws (A) on the back of the unit.


2. Remove the arm cover by pulling it forward and then upward.
Removal of "Slide cover, top rear" 1. Disconnect the cable for the ambient light (see wiring diagram).

2. Remove the 2 remaining screws of the "Slide cover, top rear"


[→ 43].
3. Take off the "Slide cover, top rear" [→ 43].
4. Loosen the 4 screws on the "Slide cover, bottom rear" [→ 43].
5. Remove the "Slide cover, bottom rear" [→ 43] downward.
The "Slide cover, center, rear" [→ 43] can then be removed.
6. Disconnect the cable for the recessed grip lighting and the FH laser.

67 30 704 D3644
46 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.3 Removing covers

7. Remove the 6 screws on the "Slide cover, complete" [→ 43].


8. Pull out the cable for the recessed grip lighting and the FH laser
downward through the arm.
9. Pull the ""Slide cover, complete" [→ 43] all the way forward and off.

Removal of "Arm cover"

A
B

1. Swing the folding mechanism for the Easypad (A) all the way up.
This makes it easier to remove the cover.
2. With a screwdriver, press into the slit (B) of the cover (do not pry!)
and remove the cover.

4.3.10 Cephalometer
Removal of "Ceph cover" 1. Loosen the 2 screws.
2. Pull the cover of the ceph upward and off.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 47
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.3 Removing covers

Removal of "Ceph secondary diaphragm ➢ Loosen the screw (A) and remove the cover of the secondary
cover, outer" diaphragm.

67 30 704 D3644
48 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.4 Entering the service password on the PC

4.4 Entering the service password on the PC


Some service functions in the software are password-protected. For the
password, enter the first four digits of the current system date (PC) in
reverse order.
Example: On January 21, 2019, the service password is 1012.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 49
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.5 Displaying unit information

4.5 Displaying unit information


Unit data useful for any discussions with your service engineer is listed.
ü The touchscreen display is at level 1.
1. Touch the i symbol (A) in the lower right corner of the touchscreen.
Ä The unit information is displayed.

2. Touch the arrows (B) in the scroll bar to the right of the list.
Ä The next or previous page of the list is displayed.
3. Touch the back symbol (C) in the lower right corner of the
touchscreen.
Ä The display changes to level 1.

67 30 704 D3644
50 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.6 Using demo mode – operation without radiation release

4.6 Using demo mode – operation without radiation


release
If the unit is to be presented as a demo unit at trade fairs or exhibitions,
it must be ensured that radiation release is blocked.

4.6.1 Switching on demo mode


When operated in demo mode, the unit must not release any radiation.
For this reason, you must take the following safety measures:
1. Turn the unit off.

DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch off the unit and to wait at least another 4
minutes before taking off the covers of the X-ray tube assembly.

2. Remove the "Tube assembly, inner" and "Tube assembly, outer"


[→ 26] covers.
3. Remove the cover plate of board DX6.
4. Set dip switch S2 (DX6) to position 2.
IMPORTANT: If switch S2 is not set to position 2 in demo mode
before switching off the unit, various error messages will display
when the unit is turned back on.
5. Pull cable L5 (XRAY) off connector J6 / J103 (DX6).
Ä Radiation release is now no longer possible.

J6
S2
6. Switch on the unit and check the mode on the info screen (see
Operating Instructions).
Demo mode: ON means that: Demo mode is switched on (radiation
release is not possible)
Demo mode: OFF means that: Demo mode is switched off
(radiography, X-ray radiation are possible!)
7. Switch the unit off again and reattach the cover plate and the tube
assembly covers by following the removal procedure in reverse
order.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 51
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.6 Using demo mode – operation without radiation release

4.6.2 Switching off demo mode


1. Turn the unit off.

DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch off the unit and to wait at least another 4
minutes before taking off the covers of the X-ray tube assembly.

2. Remove the "Tube assembly, inner" and "Tube assembly, outer"


[→ 26] covers.
3. Remove the cover plate of board DX6.
4. Set the dip switch S2 (DX6) to position 1.
5. Connect cable L5 (XRAY) to connector J6 / J103 (DX6).
Ä Radiation release is now once again possible.
6. Switch on the unit and check the mode on the info screen.
Demo mode: ON means that: Demo mode is switched on (radiation
release is not possible)
Demo mode: OFF means that: Demo mode is switched off
(radiography, X-ray radiation are possible!)
7. Switch the unit off again and reattach the cover plate and the tube
assembly covers by following the removal procedure in reverse
order.

67 30 704 D3644
52 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 4 General operating procedures
4.6 Using demo mode – operation without radiation release

4.6.3 Important information for repacking and transport


IMPORTANT
If a used carton on which one of the shockwatch or tiltwatch indicators
has already been tripped is used to package the unit, please make an
entry to that effect on the delivery note.

Packing the Axeos

IMPORTANT
The bottom edge of the slide cover must be at the same height as the
marking in the column.

DANGER
Shock hazard!
Be sure to switch off the line power supply before connecting the line
voltage!

1. Switch the unit on and move it to its packing height by actuating the
up/down keys on the control panel.
Ä Bite block height = 965 mm (displayed as height on the control
panel)
Ä Bottom edge of slide cover = 702 mm
2. Move the diaphragm and the sensor unit to the packing position
using service routines S021.3 and S021.4 (see technical document
"Axeos Service Manual", REF 67 30 704).
3. Turn the rotation unit into the packing position (see section
"Delivery" / "Axeos").
4. IMPORTANT: Attach the tube assembly guard (supplied in the
package) to the X-ray tube assembly and secure the packing
position of the tube assembly with the tension belt (supplied in the
package).
5. Attach the transport safety devices.
The transport safety devices are attached in reverse order to how
they are removed.
6. Pack the panoramic X-ray unit
(Packing condition - see section "Delivery").

Moving to the ceph packing position


1. Call service routine S034.6.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 53
4 General operating procedures Dentsply Sirona
4.6 Using demo mode – operation without radiation release

Ä After calling the service routine, an inactive progress indicator is


displayed in field 1. Field 2 shows the characters "FFFF".
2. Touch the T key (A).
Ä The cephalometer moves to the packing position. The
procedure is visualized by an active progress indicator in field 1.

Ä When the cephalometer has reached its packing position,


"0000" is displayed in field 2.
3. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
54 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages

5 Messages
The different message texts are displayed ...
● on the touchscreen of the Easypad
● On the display of the remote control

There are 3 groups of message texts:


Help messages (Hx xx):
● Auxiliary messages request an action,
e.g. H3 20 (acknowledge exposure data).
Error messages (Ex yy xx):
● Error messages indicate unit faults.
● The user must take action to eliminate the fault(s).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 55
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.1 Help messages

5.1 Help messages


Help messages are displayed as help codes (Hxxx) on the Easypad
touchscreen or on the remote control display (if available). The codes
tell you how to operate the system if radiation release is not possible.
The following list provides you with an overview of all help codes, their
meaning and the action required to eliminate the corresponding
problems.
IMPORTANT: The measures listed only clear help messages that result
from operator errors. If it is not possible to clear a message by taking
the measures listed, another type of error is the cause. In such cases,
you should run an error diagnosis.

Help code Description Actions required


H3 01 "R button, move into starting position" ● Press the Return key.
Unit moves to starting position.
H3 07 "Change bite block " Remove the occlusal bite block.
H3 20 "R button, confirm exposure data" ● Press the Return key.
Exposure data are confirmed.
H3 21 "Close the door" ● Close door or check door contact.
Then press R key to acknowledge the
message.
H3 22 "Select quadrant" ● Select quadrant
H3 25 "Select region of exposure" ● Select the center of rotation.
H4 02 "Plug sensor into Ceph slot" ● Check the ceph sensor or plug it into the
cephalometer.
If this message does not disappear even
after the ceph sensor has been plugged in,
this indicates a system error. Perform error
diagnosis as described in the section
"Troubleshooting".
H4 03 "Switch SIDEXIS to ready for exposure ● Establish readiness for exposure in Sidexis
state" 4.
H4 04 "Plug in Ceph sensor" ● Plug the ceph sensor into the cephalometer.
H4 20 "Rescue: do not switch off! See instructions" IMPORTANT: Do not switch the system off until
the help message has disappeared.
● Retrieve the exposure using "Device
rescue" (see Operating instructions for the
unit).

5.2 Status displays


Status display on the Easypad Description
"Ready for exposure" System is ready for exposure.
“XRAY”
"XRAY Active!!!" Exposure in progress.
"Please wait" Unit waiting for operational readiness.

67 30 704 D3644
56 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.2 Status displays

Status display on the Easypad Description


"Ready for exposure in XX seconds" The cooling time countdown is running.
"Exposure is performed" Exposure in progress.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 57
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.3 Error messages

5.3 Error messages


Error messages are displayed as error codes (Ex yy zz) on the Easypad
touchscreen and on the remote control display (if there is one).
The codes provide you with error type, error location and
troubleshooting information.

5.3.1 Error code: Ex yy zz


The error messages are encoded according to the following pattern:

Ex Error type “Troubleshooting” classification for the


user
yy Location Module, subsystem or logical function unit
zz Consecutive Identification of error
number

5.3.2 Ex - Error type


Identifier x is intended to help you reach a decision quickly on how to
proceed with the corresponding error.

x Description Error group Actions required


1 System warning This error group includes all er- ● Acknowledge the error message.
System message rors that indicate still acceptable If the error occurs again ...
tolerance variations, or mes-
● Restart the unit:
sages about states which do not
directly affect system operation. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Run an error diagnosis.
2 Errors caused by sys- This error group includes states ● Acknowledge the error message.
tem overload that indicate temporary overtem- ● Repeat the procedure step after a certain
peratures or similar, for example. waiting time.
The cause of the error disap-
If the error occurs again ...
pears automatically after a cer-
tain waiting time. ● Extend the waiting time.
If the error occurs again ...
● Run an error diagnosis.
3 The system detects This error group includes all er- ● Restart the unit:
that a key was pressed rors that indicate invalid signal 1. Switch off the unit.
during power-on. states of keys and safety signals 2. Wait 1 minute.
during power-on.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs again...
● Run an error diagnosis.

67 30 704 D3644
58 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.3 Error messages

x Description Error group Actions required


4 Malfunction or me- This error group includes all er- ● Acknowledge the error message and
chanical obstruction of rors that indicate problems with make sure that the movements of the unit
unit movements the motor-controlled movements are not obstructed.
on the outside of the unit. ● Repeat the last procedure step or
exposure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Run an error diagnosis.
5 Malfunction during the This error group includes all er- ● Acknowledge the error message.
exposure or during ex- rors resulting from a certain sys- ● Repeat the last procedure step or
posure preparation. tem action triggered by the user exposure.
which could not be performed
If the error occurs again ...
because a required (internal)
partial function (software or hard- ● Run an error diagnosis.
ware) is not ready or fails.
6 Error during system This error group includes all er- ● Acknowledge the error message.
self-test. rors which may occur sponta- ● Run an error diagnosis.
neously and without any related
Further operation of the unit is possible.
operator action. They may be
caused by system self-tests.
7 Unrecoverable system This error group includes all er- ● Run an error diagnosis.
error. rors which may occur sponta-
neously and without any related
operator action. They may be
caused by system self-tests. In
this case it is absolutely certain
that continued system operation
is not possible.

5.3.3 yy - Location
Identifier yy defines the location or logical function unit where the error
has occurred.
The location may be a DX module number standing for an entire HW
function unit, or a logical SW function unit on board DX11 (central
control).

5.3.4 General handling of error messages


Error messages must generally be acknowledged with the R key on the
touchscreen.
If trouble-free operation is possible after the error is acknowledged, then
no further action is necessary.
If error messages occur again or frequently, or if fault-free operation is
not possible, run an error diagnosis (see section "Troubleshooting
[→ 118]"). In some cases, it may make sense to obtain more information
on the history and frequency of errors via the "Device details" (see
technical document "Installation, Inbetriebnahme und Service der
Software für das Axeos Imagine System", REF 67 30 852).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 59
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4 List of error messages


5.4.1 Location 06: Tube assembly/DX6
Error code Description Actions required
E6 06 01 General error during module initialization. ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 02 Invalid system data or uninitialized mod- ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
ule storage data. Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 03 Invalid commanding of control data, CAN ● Check the CAN bus.
bus error.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
This error may also occur in connection Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
with other causal error messages! Please fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
also observe the causal error message! It perform such an update if necessary.
appears only after you acknowledge the
first error message.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 04 Data transfer error or dialog error to mod- ● Check the CAN bus.
ule (master side).
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 05 Data transfer error or dialog error to boot- ● Repeat firmware update.
loader of module.
● Check the CAN bus.
Occurs only in connection with firmware
If the error occurs repeatedly or the module is no
update.
longer addressable ...
● Replace the tube assembly.

67 30 704 D3644
60 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 06 Module failed in TTP (detected on master ● Check the CAN bus.
side)
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
This error may also occur in connection Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
with other causal error messages! Please fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
also observe the causal error message! It perform such an update if necessary.
appears only after you acknowledge the
first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 07 TTP -Timeout error (detected on slave ● Check the CAN bus.
side).
● Check power supply of board DX11; measuring
The module was temporarily not ad- point 3.3 V on board DX1 (see wiring diagrams)
dressed by the master:
If 3.3 V is present ...
● Undervoltage on the master side.
● Replace board DX11.
● Procedure error in the software.
If 3.3 V is not present ...
● Master (DX11) receives no return
commanding from the module. ● Replace board DX1.
This error may also occur in connection ● Check cable L6, replace if necessary.
with other causal error messages! Please ● Check tube assembly (DX6), replace if
also observe the causal error message! It necessary.
appears only after you acknowledge the
first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 08 General fault detected locally on module ● Check the CAN bus.
(slave side). CAN controller being reini-
● Check software versions on the info screen or by
tialized.
running service routine S008.2, perform firmware
update if necessary.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Replace the tube assembly.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 61
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E7 06 12 Unit is not ready for operation ● Check the CAN bus.
This error may also occur in connection ● Check board DX6, note LED states:
with other causal error messages! Please LED V515 (+5V) must light up
also observe the causal error message! It LED V200 status signal controller flashes
appears only after you acknowledge the LED 325 standby basic heating flashes
first error message. ● Check fuse F500 1A
If this error occurs in combination with other errors ...
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 13 Error when writing to ● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
EEPROM.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
Stored data may be lost.
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E2 06 20 Overtemperature of single tank/power ● Wait until the X-ray tube assembly has cooled
pack. down.
● Check fan function by running service routine
S005.4; replace fan if necessary.
● Check temperature sensor in single tank by
running service routine S005.5, replace tube
assembly if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 21 Hardware signal of release button not de- ● Check cable L5 (optical fiber), replace if
tected. necessary.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 22 Broken temperature sensor. ● Replace the tube assembly.

67 30 704 D3644
62 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E3 06 23 Hardware signal of release button ap- ● Check cable L5:
plied during power-on. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Pull cable L5 off tube assembly.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Perform optical check of L5:
If light is visible ...
● Replace board DX1.
If no light is visible ...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 06 30 Total radiation time exceeded. If a CAN bus error had been reported before ...
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 06 31 Partial radiation time exceeded If a CAN bus error had been reported before...
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 06 32 Minimum preheating time not observed. If a CAN bus error had been reported before...
● Check the CAN bus.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 06 40 Tolerance exceeded ● Run service routine S005.2.
VH nom.
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 06 41 Tolerance exceeded kV nom. ● Run service routine S005.2.
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Replace the tube assembly.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 63
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E1 06 42 Tolerance exceeded ● Run service routine S005.2.
mA nom.
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 06 43 Tolerance exceeded ● Run service routine S005.2.
VH actual value
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 06 44 Tolerance exceeded kV actual value ● Run service routine S005.2.
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 06 45 Tolerance exceeded mA actual value ● Run service routine S005.2.
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 51 Limit value violation VHmax ● Run service routine S005.2.
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 52 Limit value violation ● Run service routine S005.2.
MAmax
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 53 Limit value violation ● Run service routine S005.2.
KVmax
If the error occurs repeatedly...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 06 54 Basic heating pulses not applied. ● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 55 Anode voltage too low. ● Replace the tube assembly.

67 30 704 D3644
64 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 56 Error during auto-compensation. ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Let the tube assembly cool down for approx. 30
mins and repeat this procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace the tube assembly.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 60 TDI signal from board DX11 to board ● Replace cable L6 (fiber-optic cable).
DX6 is disturbed. ● Replace board DX1.
TDI = Signal to start synchronized read- ● Replace the tube assembly.
out sequence and to prepare the next ex-
posure

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 65 Tube current or tube voltage is too high ● Replace the tube assembly.
in standby mode.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 06 66 Impermissible tube type. ● Check tube type of tube assembly using
extended detail query, replace tube assembly if
necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 06 67 Light guide input TDI is active during ● Check TDI signal:
switch-on. 1. Switch off the unit.
TDI = Signal to start synchronized read- 2. Disconnect cable L6 (fiber-optic cable) on board
out sequence and to prepare the next ex- DX11.
posure 3. Switch on the unit.
4. Perform visual check at socket J5:
● If light is visible: Replace board DX11.
● If no light is visible: Replace the tube assembly.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 65
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.2 Location 07: Easypad/DX7


Error code Description Actions required
E6 07 01 General error during module initialization. ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace Easypad (DX7).

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 02 Invalid system data or uninitialized mod- ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
ule storage data. Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace Easypad (DX7).

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 03 Invalid commanding or control data. ● Check the CAN bus.
This error may also occur in connection ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
with other causal error messages! Please Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
also observe the causal error message! It fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
appears only after you acknowledge the perform such an update if necessary.
first error message.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 04 Data transfer error or dialog error to mod- ● Check the CAN bus.
ule (master side).
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 05 Data transfer error or dialog error to boot- ● Repeat firmware update.
loader of module.
● Check the CAN bus.
Occurs only in connection with firmware
● Replace Easypad (DX7).
update.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 06 Module failed in TTP (detected on master ● Check the CAN bus.
side).
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
This error may also occur in connection Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
with other causal error messages! Please fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
also observe the causal error message! It perform such an update if necessary.
appears only after you acknowledge the
● Replace Easypad (DX7).
first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol

67 30 704 D3644
66 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 07 TTP -Timeout error (detected on slave ● Check the CAN bus.
side).
● Check power supply of board DX11; measuring
The module was temporarily not ad- point 3.3 V on board DX1 (see wiring diagrams)
dressed by the master:
If 3.3 V is present ...
● Undervoltage on the master side.
● Replace board DX11.
● Procedure error in the software.
If 3.3 V is not present ...
● Master (DX11) receives no return
commanding from the module. ● Replace board DX1.
This error may also occur in connection
with other causal error messages! Please
also observe the causal error message! It
appears only after you acknowledge the
first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 08 General fault detected locally on module ● Check the CAN bus.
(slave side). CAN controller being reini-
● Check software versions on the info screen or the
tialized.
"Unit information"; perform firmware update, if
necessary.
● Replace Easypad (DX7).
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 07 12 Unit is not ready for operation. ● Check the CAN bus.
Therefore, the error can only be dis- This error is a sequential fault.
played on the remote control (DX42).
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 13 Error when writing to ● Restart the unit:
EEPROM. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
● Replace Easypad.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 67
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 20 Contact to DX11 interrupted during oper- ● Note error message on remote control (DX42)
ation. and check log memory (via extended details).
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check cable L9, replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 07 21 No CAN bus connection. DX11 does not ● Checking "Unit information"
start.
If DX11 responds ...
Occurs in the start screen after power-on.
● Check the signal path to DX7; repair or replace
cables/connectors, if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.
If DX11 does not respond ...
● Replace board DX11.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 07 25 Adjustment of the touchscreen was set to ● Adjusting the touchscreen
default values.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 07 26 The USB stick cannot be mounted by ● Insert USB stick for the DX7 and wait 2 minutes.
DX7. Do not start the firmware update before that.

Error code Description Actions required


E3 07 30 Up/down keys pressed on power-on. ● Restart the unit:
E3 07 36 Touchscreen pressed during power-on. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace Easypad (DX7).

67 30 704 D3644
68 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E1 07 37 Digital sound cannot be output via Easy- If the error occurs directly after switching on the
pad. unit...
● Replace Easypad.
● Alternative: Relocate the sound generation to
DX1 using service routine 17.28.
If the error occurs directly when moving the unit with
the height adjustment...
● Acknowledge the error message.

If the error occurs repeatedly ...


● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 07 40 No valid language set found. ● Perform firmware update in order to transfer the
language set.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 69
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.3 Location 10: System hardware


Error code Description Actions required
E7 10 01 EEPROM cannot be written. ● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX11.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 10 02 FPGA of DX1 is not addressable. ● Replace board DX1.
FPGA = Field Programmable Gate Array

Error code Description Actions required


E1 10 03 The flash file system must be formatted. ● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
Occurs after replacement of board DX11. The flash file system is formatted and error code E1
10 04 is displayed.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 10 04 Flash file system formatting in progress. ● Wait until the error code automatically disappears
(approx. 2 - 3 mins).

Error code Description Actions required


E1 10 05 Flash file system is not ready for opera- ● Execute service routine S009.4 and format flash
tion. file system.
The contents of the error memory are thus lost.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX11.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 10 07 General or unknown errors during sensor ● Pay attention to accompanying error messages
test. (Ex yy, ....). Proceed according to the description
for these error messages.

67 30 704 D3644
70 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.4 Location 11: Power PC/Board DX11


Error code Description Actions required
E6 11 01 Program sequence error. ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Reset the entire calibration of the unit and
readjust the unit.
● Replace board DX11.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 11 02 Watchdog error ● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX11.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 11 04 Implausible data in EEPROM. ● Check the unit configuration via service routines
S017 and S018 and reconfigure if necessary.
● Check calibration with diaphragm test exposures.
If calibration is not OK ...
● Recalibrate the unit.
If calibration is OK ...
● Make the individual unit settings again (e.g.
programming of the patient symbol keys; see
Operating Instructions).

Error code Description Actions required


E6 11 05 RAM allocation failed. ● Replace board DX11.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 11 08 The installed control panel does not ● Installing the Easypad.
match the unit.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 11 09 Internal error in program sequence of ● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
board DX11.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Carry out a firmware update (bug fix).

Error code Description Actions required


E1 11 10 The unit is currently operating in the fac- ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
tory setting. Service Center (CSC).
It is possible to generate exposures.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 71
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E7 11 11 Wrong unit configuration. ● Check the unit configuration by running service
routine S017.2 and reconfigure if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 11 13 The release button was not properly de- ● Restart the unit:
tected. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Replace coiled cable incl. release button.
● Replace board DX1.
● Replace board DX42.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 11 14 Wrong remote control for this unit. ● Install the correct remote control.
This error message blocks all unit func- ● If necessary, obtain a new remote control from
tions. To continue to work with this unit, the manufacturer.
you must unplug the remote control and A remote control for another Dentsply Sirona unit or
restart the unit. a third-party manufacturer unit may have been con-
nected.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 11 18 Calibration of the occlusal bite block is ● Run service routine S018.9.
required. ● If necessary, run service routine S018.7 to make
customer-specific angle settings.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 11 19 The welcome screen is not shown. ● Check compatibility with Sidexis 4.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 11 20 The calibration data on the unit is invalid ● Perform unit adjustment and calibration.
or does not match the serial numbers of ● Check the serial numbers of the flat panel and
the modules. board DX6, DX11, DX61 and frame grabber.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 11 21 The calibration data could not be deter-
mined on the unit.
Communication with the frame grabber is
interrupted.

67 30 704 D3644
72 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E7 11 22 Version information for module DX11 ● Restart the unit:
cannot be read. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Replace board DX11.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 11 23 A DX1 board that is not suitable for the Install a DX1 board that is suitable for the device.
device was detected.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 11 30 Occurs after service tasks in which the For patient exposures...
device configuration, calibration or ad- ● Restart the unit:
justment were adapted.
1. Switch off the unit.
Service functions continue to be avail- 2. Wait 1 minute.
able.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 11 31 Occurs after service tasks in which the For acceptance/constancy test...
device configuration, calibration or ad- ● Restart the unit:
justment were adapted.
1. Switch off the unit.
Service functions, except for acceptance/ 2. Wait 1 minute.
constancy test, continue to be available.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 11 88 The unit is in demo mode. If user mode is expressly required ...
Occurs when the unit is switched on. ● Turn off the demo mode.
WARNING! With the demo mode disabled,
radiation is released by pressing the release
button!

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 73
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.5 Location 12: CAN bus


Error code Description Actions required
E6 12 01 CAN controller initialization error on DX1. ● Check the CAN bus.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 12 02 CAN malfunction (cannot be assigned to ● Check the CAN bus.
module).

67 30 704 D3644
74 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.6 Location 13: Stand/Peripherals


Error code Description Actions required
E4 13 01 Actuator 1 has not reached pan home ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
position. smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the pan home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_1 (X802) with service
routine S015.5, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S015.5 (free travel) to check
electronic activation and jerk-free running,
replace actuators and/or spindles and board DX1
if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 02 Actuator 1 has not left pan home posi- ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
tion. smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the pan home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_1 (X802) with service
routine S015.5, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S015.5 (free travel) to check
electronic activation and jerk-free running,
replace actuators and/or spindles and board DX1
if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 03 Malfunction of actuator 1 during opera- ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
tion. smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the pan home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_1 (X802) with service
routine S015.5, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S015.5 (free travel) to check
electronic activation and jerk-free running,
replace actuators and/or spindles and board DX1
if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 75
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 04 Actuator 1; position counter error. ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the pan home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_1 (X802) with service
routine S015.5, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S015.5 (free travel) to check
electronic activation and jerk-free running,
replace actuators and/or spindles and board DX1
if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 05 Actuator 1 is not ready for operation. This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 07 Error when activating actuator 1. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 08 Thermal overload of the motor driver of ● Switch off the unit and let it cool.
actuator 1 on the DX1 board. 1. Switch on the device again.
2. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Replace the DX1 board
● If necessary, replace the motor

67 30 704 D3644
76 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 11 Actuator 2 has not reached pan home ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
position. smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the pan home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_2 (X803) with service
routine S015.5, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S015.5 (free travel) to check
electronic activation and jerk-free running,
replace actuators and/or spindles and board DX1
if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 12 Actuator 2 has not left pan home posi- ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
tion. smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the pan home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_2 (X803) with service
routine S015.5, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S015.5 (free travel) to check
electronic activation and jerk-free running,
replace actuators and/or spindles and board DX1
if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 13 Malfunction of actuator 2 during opera- ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
tion. smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the pan home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_2 (X803) with service
routine S015.5, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S015.5 (free travel) to check
electronic activation and jerk-free running,
replace actuators and/or spindles and board DX1
if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 77
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 14 Actuator 2; position counter error. ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the pan home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_2 (X803) with service
routine S015.5, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S015.5 (free travel) to check
electronic activation and jerk-free running,
replace actuators and/or spindles and board DX1
if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 15 Actuator 1 is not ready for operation. This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 17 Error when activating actuator 1. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 18 Thermal overload of the motor driver of ● Switch off the unit and let it cool.
actuator 2 on the DX1 board. 1. Switch on the device again.
2. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Replace the DX1 board
● If necessary, replace the motor

67 30 704 D3644
78 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 21 Ring motor has not reached home posi- ● Check the ring drive mechanism manually for
tion. smooth and easy running, replace the ring motor
or mechanism if necessary.
● Check light barrier V1_3 (X804), replace if
necessary.
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 22 Ring motor has not left pan home posi- ● Check the ring drive mechanism manually for
tion. smooth and easy running, replace the ring motor
or mechanism if necessary.
● Check light barrier V1_3 (X804), replace if
necessary.
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 23 Malfunction of ring motor during opera- ● Acknowledge error.
tion.
If the error occurs again ...
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 24 Ring motor; position counter error. ● Check the ring drive mechanism manually for
smooth and easy running, replace the ring motor
or mechanism if necessary.
● Check light barrier V1_3 (X804), replace if
necessary.
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 25 Ring motor has not reached ceph home ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
position. smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the ceph home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
● Check the ring drive mechanism manually for
smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Replace the ring motor or mechanism.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_3 (X804) with service
routine S014.4, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S014.3 to check electronic
activation and jerk-free running, replace board
DX1 if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 79
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 26 Ring motor has not left ceph home posi- ● Check the actuator mechanisms manually for
tion. smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Manually reset the rotary ring to the ceph home
position and run a test cycle via P1.
● Check the ring drive mechanism manually for
smooth and easy running.
In case of stiffness ...
● Replace the ring motor or mechanism.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check light barrier V1_3 (X804) with service
routine S014.4, replace light barrier if necessary.
● Run service routine S014.3 to check electronic
activation and jerk-free running, replace board
DX1 if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 27 Ring motor is not ready for operation. This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 28 Error when activating ring motor. This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
80 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 29 Operability of the reed contact for detec- ● Check the cable to the reed sensor as well as
tion of the rotation position of the ring is plug-in contact DX1 X700.
not guaranteed. ● Check for the correct position of the switching
points (see p. [→ 287]).
Use service routine 14.4 for this (status display of
the switching points of the ring light barrier and
the reed contact); manual rotating of the ring and
monitoring of patient symbol 2.
● The automatic function check of the reed sensor
occurs at the first motor-driven ring rotation
(press R key if H301 is displayed).
● To check the measures taken, switch device off
and then on and press the R key. If functioning
properly, the error message must not occur any
more.

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 30 No height adjustment motor pulses. ● Check cable L16 (X402), replace if necessary.
● Check board DX1, replace if necessary.
● Check filter between height adjustment motor and
L16 (acc. to circuit diagram on filter) (current and
voltage), replace if necessary.
● Check height adjustment motor incl. pulse
generator, replace if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 31 Unit has traveled to upper limit switch. ● Check max. travel height with service routine
S018.2, adjust if necessary.
● Run HA motor in the other direction with the Up/
Down keys and reference (value approx. 1500).
● Check light barriers V1_4, replace if necessary.
● Check height adjustment motor for overtravel,
replace board DX1 if necessary.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check the limit switch or wiring, correct or replace
the limit switch as necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 81
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 31 Unit has traveled to upper limit switch. ● Check max. travel height with service routine
S018.2, adjust if necessary.
● Run HA motor in the other direction with the Up/
Down keys and reference (value approx. 1500).
● Check light barriers V1_4, replace if necessary.
● Check height adjustment motor for overtravel,
replace board DX1 if necessary.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check the limit switch or wiring, correct or replace
the limit switch as necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 32 Unit has traveled to lower limit switch. ● Check max. travel height with service routine
S018.2, adjust if necessary.
● Run HA motor in the other direction with the Up/
Down keys and reference (value approx. 1500).
● Check light barriers V1_4, replace if necessary.
● Check height adjustment motor for overtravel,
replace board DX1 if necessary.
If the error occurs again ...
● Check the limit switch or wiring, correct or replace
the limit switch as necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 34 Height adjustment motor position counter ● Run HA motor in the other direction with the Up/
too large for current position. Down keys and reference (value approx. 1500).
Error may occur after replacement of ● Check max. travel height with service routine
board (DX11). S018.2, adjust if necessary.
● Check light barriers V1_4, replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 35 Height adjustment motor; wrong direction ● Check connector assignment on filter or in front
of rotation. of HA motor, correct if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 36 Software signal from key applied but ● Check cables L9 and L10, replace if necessary.
hardware signal is missing.
● Check limit switches SE1_1 and SE1_2, replace if
necessary.
● Replace Easypad.

67 30 704 D3644
82 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E7 13 37 Overtravel of HA motor occurs or height ● Check height adjustment motor for overtravel,
adjustment power transistor defective. replace board DX1 if necessary.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 38 Height adjustment motor is not ready for This error is a sequential fault.
operation. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 39 Error when activating height adjustment ● Restart the unit:
motor. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E3 13 40 Release signal applied during power-on. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check the X-ray signal path.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 42 The hardware signal for radiation release ● Check the X-ray signal path.
is applied on board DX1 during unit oper-
ation although no actuated X-ray release
button is being reported via the CAN bus.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 83
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 43 The door was opened during the expo- ● Check the X-ray signal path.
sure.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 50 Forehead support; has not left home po- ● Check light barriers V5_1 to V5_4, replace
sition despite movement pulses. headrest and light barrier if necessary.
● Check cable L18, replace if necessary.
● Check board DX5, replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 51 Forehead support; has not left home po- ● Check motor M5_1, replace headrest if
sition and no motor movement. necessary.
● Check light barriers V5_1 to V5_4, replace
headrest and light barrier if necessary.
● Check cable L18 and replace if necessary.
● Check board DX5, replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 52 Forehead support; has left home position ● Check light barriers V5_1 to V5_4, replace if
without detected movement pulses. necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 53 Forehead support; system does not block ● Check headrest mechanics, replace if necessary.
within setting range.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 54 Forehead support is not ready for opera- This error is a sequential fault.
tion. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 57 Error when activating forehead support ● Restart the unit:
motor. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Check headrest mechanics, replace if necessary
● Replace board DX1.

67 30 704 D3644
84 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 58 Error when activating forehead support ● Acknowledge error.
motor.
If the error occurs repeatedly...
Timeout of FPGA on board DX1.
● Replace board DX1.
FPGA = Field Programmable Gate Array
● Replace board DX11.

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 59 Forehead support drive defective. ● Replace the headrest.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 60 Temple supports; have not left home po- ● Check light barriers V5_1 to V5_4, replace
sition despite movement pulses. headrest and light barrier if necessary.
● Check cable L18, replace if necessary.
● Check board DX5, replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 61 Temple supports; have not left home po- ● Check motor M5_2, replace headrest if
sition and no motor movement. necessary.
● Check light barriers V5_1 to V5_4, replace
headrest and light barrier if necessary.
● Check cable L18, replace if necessary.
● Check board DX5, replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 62 Temple supports; have left home position ● Check light barriers V5_1 to V5_4, replace
without detected movement pulses. headrest/light barrier if necessary.
● Check cable L18, replace if necessary.
● Check board DX5, replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 63 Temple supports; system does not block ● Check headrest mechanics; replace headrest, if
within setting range. necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 64 Temple supports are not ready for opera- This error is a sequential fault.
tion. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 85
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 67 Error when activating temple support mo- ● Restart the unit:
tor. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Check headrest mechanics, replace if necessary.
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 68 Error when activating temple support mo- ● Acknowledge error.
tor.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
Timeout of FPGA on board DX1.
● Replace board DX1.
FPGA = Field Programmable Gate Array

Error code Description Actions required


E4 13 69 Temple support drive defective. ● Replace the headrest.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 70 Cables for bite block electronics not con- Tip: Service routine S018.8 can be run as an aid.
nected. ● Check cabling and plug connection.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 13 71 Signal error for angle acquisition (incor- ● Run service routine S18.9 to readjust the values.
rect ADC values).
● Replace board DX51 in the support piece (bite
block holder).
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 72 Malfunction of the bite block electronics Tip: Service routine S018.8 can be run as an aid.
or wiring.
● Replace board DX51 in the support piece (bite
block holder).
● Replace board DX1.

67 30 704 D3644
86 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 73 Malfunction of height adjustment during ● Acknowledge error.
operation.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 13 83 Error while generating pulse for sensor. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX1.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 87 Error when activating pulse generation. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 13 90 Thermal overload of the motor driver of ● Switch off the unit and let it cool.
the ring motor on the DX1 board. 1. Switch on the device again.
2. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs again ...
● Replace the DX1 board
● If necessary, replace the motor

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 87
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.7 Location 14: Digital extension, Sidexis 4


Error code Description Actions required
E5 14 01 Abort by Sidexis 4. ● Check the network connection and the software
version.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 14 02 Interface version not compatible with ● Check the software versions of the unit (S008.2)
Sidexis 4. and perform firmware update, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 14 03 Inappropriate or incorrect data input from ● Send in [Link] and raw image of last exposure to
Sidexis 4. the Dentsply Sirona Customer Service Center
(CSC) (check the binning setting) and seek
advice on how to proceed from the CSC.
● Check the software versions of the unit (S008.2)
and perform firmware update, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 14 04 The network connection was interrupted. ● Acknowledge error and quit service domain on
This error often occurs if Sidexis 4 is se- unit and in Sidexis 4.
lected before the unit is ready for selec- ● Restart the unit:
tion. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Perform network diagnosis with the support of the
Dentsply Sirona Customer Service Center (CSC)
and check the setting of the network card if
necessary, again seeking assistance from the
Dentsply Sirona Customer Service Center.
(Checksum offload for patient names with 15
characters with several network cards (preferably
for onboard systems).)
● Check and, if necessary, replace network
components (PC network card, Cat5 cable, hub/
switch/router, media converter, L25/26).
● Check the software versions of the unit (on the
info screen or by running service routine S008.2)
and perform firmware update, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 14 06 The bootline of board DX11 had to be ● Re-configuration of network data required.
preassigned with default values.

67 30 704 D3644
88 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 14 10 Clock signals for sensor image transfer ● Acknowledge error and, if possible, check
not received on board DX1/DX11 (...10). function at another slot (pan/ceph) via test image
Faulty detection of sensor image transfer (ceph).
data signals on board DX1/DX11; nonre- If both test images indicate the error ...
E6 14 11 curring (...11).
● Check image signal on board DX1 (does the
Faulty detection of sensor image transfer image LED on DX1 switch on when the ring cycle
data signals on board DX1/DX11; recur- starts in test image mode?), replace DX1 if
ring (...12). necessary.
E6 14 12
If only the ceph test image is not OK...
For E6 14 10 and ceph exposure:
● Check board DX91 and cables L34, L40, replace
if necessary.
● Check 2D data path for ceph via service routine
S033.10 (2D test image) and replace sensor or
cable if necessary.
Otherwise:
● Check cables L35, L38 for crushed spots and
kinks and check connectors, repair or replace if
necessary.
● Check board DX1, replace if necessary.
● Run service routine S033.10. This determines
whether the fault is stationary or permanent.
Replace sensor or cable if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 89
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.8 Location 15: Configuration, update


Error code Description Actions required
E7 15 03 Wrong software constellation of modules. ● Check software versions of unit (on info screen or
with service routine S008.2) and, if necessary,
perform or repeat firmware update or downgrade.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 15 04 Product activation keys invalid or not ● Entering the serial number
available. ● Enter release key.
Occurs after replacement of tube assem-
bly (DX6) or board DX11 and possibly af-
For information on this, see OI*
ter firmware updates.
See also section "Measures following re-
placement of boards".

*) OI = Operating Instructions

Error code Description Actions required


E6 15 05 Unit serial number invalid or not avail- ● Run service routine S008.3 and confirm or enter
able. the unit serial number on the unit.
Occurs during first power-on after re-
placement of board DX6 or DX11.
See also section "Measures following re-
placement of boards".

Error code Description Actions required


E6 15 06 Wrong or invalid manufacturer code on a ● Replace the X-ray tube assembly.
module was detected.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 15 07 Wrong or invalid manufacturer code on a ● Replace board DX11.
module was detected.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 15 10 Update file for module is corrupt. ● Obtain latest update file from the Dentsply Sirona
Customer Service Center (CSC) or the Dentsply
Sirona home page and perform firmware update.

67 30 704 D3644
90 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.9 Location 20: Sensor unit, general


Error code Description Actions required
E6 20 01 Malfunction when starting the sensor ● Check unit configuration (sensors) via service
unit. routine S017.2.
Configuration does not match unit or ● Restart the unit:
communication problems following unit 1. Switch off the unit.
start. 2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check cable and plug connections on board
DX831.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 03 Communication fault for sensor unit. ● Check plug connections of fiber-optic cables to
boards DX83 (X800) and DX1 (J901).

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 06 Communication fault for sensor unit. ● Check plug connections of fiber-optic cables to
boards DX83 (X800) and DX1 (J901).
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 07 Communication fault for sensor unit. Check plug connections of fiber-optic cables to
boards DX83 (X800) and DX1 (J901).
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
● Observe causal error messages and take
corresponding troubleshooting measures.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 91
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E7 20 07 Communication fault for sensor unit. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
● Observe causal error messages and take
corresponding troubleshooting measures.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 20 12 Unit is not ready for operation. This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.
● Check the cabling for the DX83 board (L83a,
L83b).

Error code Description Actions required


E7 20 20 Sensor unit communication to plugin in- ● Check the version compatibility of the unit
terrupted. software and Sidexis 4, perform firmware update
if necessary.
● Check network connections and topology.
● Call the "Device details" and observe the entries
in the "DX831" area.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 21 No sensor is connected to the sensor unit ● Check the set unit version or sensor assembly via
or it is not recognized by the sensor unit. service routine S017.2.
● Check sensor wiring.
● Observe causal error messages and take
corresponding troubleshooting measures.
● Replace sensor unit.

67 30 704 D3644
92 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 22 Malfunction when starting the sensor unit ● Check plug connections from 3D sensor to board
or connected sensors. DX83 (X602, X601) and that the 2D sensor is
securely attached.
● Observe causal error messages E6 22 01, E6 23
01 or similar and take corresponding
troubleshooting measures.
● Replace sensor unit.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 20 25 Insufficient work memory on the sensor ● Check the version compatibility of the unit
unit available for the exposure. software and Sidexis 4, perform firmware update
if necessary.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace sensor unit.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 30 Image signal was not detected by the ● Check wiring and plug connections from 3D
sensor module. sensor DX83 (X101) to board DX1 (X500) and
that the 2D sensor is securely attached.
● Replace sensor unit.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● For additional diagnostics, perform service
routines S032.10 or S032.50.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 32 TDI signal was not detected by the sen- ● Check wiring and plug connections from 3D
sor module. sensor DX83 (X101) to board DX1 (X500) and
that the 2D sensor is securely attached.
● Replace sensor unit, if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● For additional diagnostics, perform service
routines S032.10 or S032.50.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 93
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 34 Exposure readiness of the sensor unit ● Call the "Device details" and observe the entries
could not be determined. in the "DX831" area.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 35 Error when starting the sensor unit. ● Access the "Device details" and save it for an
analysis by the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC).

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 36 Function malfunction on the sensor unit. ● Call the "Device details" and observe the entries
in the "DX831" area.
● Access the "Device details" and save it for an
analysis by the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC).

Error code Description Actions required


E7 20 37 Exposure readiness of the sensor unit ● Check the version compatibility of the unit
could not be determined. software and Sidexis 4.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 20 38 Error during data transmission from 2D ● Check correct seating of the 2D sensor on board
sensor. DX83.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 39 Overtemperature of the 2D sensor or 3D ● Switch off the unit and let it cool.
sensor (depending on unit design).
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
Exposures are not possible.
● Check fan in the sensor unit or plug connection
X1001 on board DX83.
● Check correct positioning of the thermal mats in
the housing of board DX83.
● Replace sensor unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 40 A fan in the sensor unit is defective. ● Check fan in the sensor unit or plug connection
Exposures are still possible. X1001 on board DX83.
● Replace the fan package where necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
94 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E7 20 41 Several fans in the sensor unit are defec- ● Check fan in the sensor unit or plug connection
tive. X1001 on board DX83.
Exposures are no longer possible. ● Replace the fan package where necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 20 42 Malfunction of the sensor cooling. ● Restart the unit:
Exposures are no longer possible. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
If error occurs again ...
● Replace board DX82.
If error still occurs after replacing DX83 board ...
● Replace 2D sensor.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 20 43 Error during installation. ● Check whether the record you are using is valid
Restore the record in the factory calibra- for the unit you are using.
tion files. If the record is valid:
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
If the record is not valid:
● Perform the restoration again with the right
record.
If error persists: Call the "Device details" and ob-
serve the entries in the DX831 area.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 95
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.10 Location 22: 2D sensor


Error code Description Actions required
E6 22 01 2D sensor could not be initialized. ● Check correct seating of the 2D sensor on board
DX83.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 22 03 Error in communication with 2D sensor. ● Check correct seating of the 2D sensor on board
DX83.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 22 10 No image data received from 2D sensor ● Check correct seating of the 2D sensor on board
or interruption in data flow. DX83.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 22 15 Serial number of the 2D sensor could not If the error does not occur with other causal errors ...
be read out. ● Replace 2D sensor.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 22 16 Disturbance of file operations during op- If the error occurs repeatedly ...
eration of 2D sensor. ● Replace 2D sensor.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 22 17 Tolerance exceeded when monitoring If the error occurs repeatedly ...
high-voltages of the 2D sensor. ● Replace 2D sensor.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 22 38 Error during data transmission from 2D ● Check correct seating of the 2D sensor on board
sensor. DX83.

67 30 704 D3644
96 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.11 Location 23: 3D Sensor


Error code Description Actions required
E6 23 01 Error during initialization of the digital 3D ● Check connection of 3D sensor to board DX83.
sensor.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 23 03 Error in communication with 3D sensor. ● Check wiring and plug connections from 3D
sensor (DX83 (X101)) to board DX1 (X500) and
that the 2D sensor is securely attached.
● Replace sensor unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 23 10 No image data received from 3D sensor ● Check wiring and plug connections from 3D
or interruption in data flow. sensor (DX83 (X101)) to board DX1 (X500) and
that the 3D sensor is securely attached.
● Replace sensor unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 23 15 Serial number of the 3D sensor could not If the error does not occur with other causal errors ...
be read out. ● Replace sensor unit.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 23 16 Disturbance of file operations during op- ● Restart the unit:
eration of 3D sensor. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace sensor unit.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 97
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.12 Location 42: Remote control


Error code Description Actions required
E6 42 01 General module initialization error. ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Error generated during module self-test. Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Replace board DX42.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 42 02 Invalid system data or uninitialized mod- ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
ule storage data. Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX42.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 42 03 Invalid commanding or control data ● Run service routine S008.2 to check software
This error may also occur in connection version of DX42 (in relation to main software
with other causal error messages! Please releases), perform firmware update if necessary.
also observe the causal error message! It ● Check the CAN bus.
appears only after you acknowledge the ● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board
first error message. DX42, replace board DX42 if necessary.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 42 04 Data transfer error or dialog error to mod- ● Check the CAN bus.
ule (master side) ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 42 05 Data transfer error or dialog error to boot- ● Repeat firmware update.
loader of module ● Check the CAN bus.
Occurs only in connection with a ● Replace board DX42.
firmware update.

67 30 704 D3644
98 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 42 06 Module failed in TTP (detected on master ● Check the CAN bus.
side). ● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol DX42, replace module if necessary.
● Replace board DX42.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 42 07 TTP timeout error (detected on slave ● Check the CAN bus.
side) ● Check power supply (3.3 V) of board DX11,
The module was temporarily not ad- replace board DX1 or DX11 if necessary.
dressed by the master: Undervoltage on ● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board
the master side. DX42, replace module if necessary.
Procedure error in the software. ● Replace board DX42.
Master (DX11) receives no return com-
manding from the module.
This error may also occur in connection
with other causal error messages! Please
also observe the causal error message! It
appears only after you acknowledge the
first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol

Error code Description Actions required


E6 42 08 General fault detected locally on module ● Check software versions via info screen or
(slave side). CAN controller being reini- service routine S008.2, carry out a firmware
tialized. update if necessary.
Occurs if software of boards is incompati- ● Check the CAN bus.
ble. ● Replace board DX42.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 99
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E7 42 12 Unit is not ready for operation. This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit, making sure that the release
button is not pressed during booting.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.
● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board
DX42, replace module if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 42 13 Error when writing to EEPROM. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
● Replace board DX42.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 42 20 Contact to DX11 interrupted during oper- ● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board
ation. DX42, replace module if necessary.
● Check connection of remote control, see
Installation Instructions.
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check cable L17, replace if necessary.
● Check board DX42, replace if necessary.
Tip: If the error cannot be eliminated immediately,
the unit can be temporarily reconfigured and oper-
ated with a release button located directly on it (see
Installation Instructions).

Error code Description Actions required


E7 42 21 No CAN bus connection. DX11 does not ● Check the signal path from board DX1 to board
start. DX42, replace module if necessary.
Occurs in the start screen after power-on. ● Check the CAN bus.
● Check remote control by running service routine
S017.6, configure if necessary.
● Querying "Unit information"
If board DX11 responds ...
● Check the signal path to DX42, repair or replace
cables/connectors if necessary.
● Replace DX1.
If DX11 does not respond ...
● If error persists: Replace board DX11.

67 30 704 D3644
100 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E3 42 30 R key pressed during power-on. ● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit, making sure that the remote
control is not pressed during booting.
4. Repeat procedure and check function.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace remote control, see Installation
Instructions.

Error code Description Actions required


E3 42 31 Release button pressed during power-on. ● See section Error analysis of X-RAY control
The hardware signal for radiation release signal path.
is applied on board DX42 when the unit
is switched on.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 101
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.13 Location 61: Diaphragm control, board DX61


Error code Description Actions required
E6 61 01 General error during module initialization. ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Check board DX61; replace the diaphragm unit.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 61 02 Invalid system data or uninitialized mod- ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
ule storage data. Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX61; replace the diaphragm unit, if
necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 61 03 Invalid commanding or control data. ● Check the CAN bus.
This error may also occur in connection ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
with other causal error messages! Please Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
also observe the causal error message! It fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
appears only after you acknowledge the perform such an update if necessary.
first error message.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 61 04 Data transfer error or dialog error to mod- ● Check the CAN bus.
ule (master side). ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 61 05 Data transfer error or dialog error to boot- ● Repeat firmware update.
loader of module. ● Check the CAN bus.
Occurs only in connection with firmware ● Check board DX61; replace the diaphragm unit, if
update. necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 61 06 Module failed in TTP (detected on master ● Check the CAN bus.
side) ● Check board DX61; replace the diaphragm unit, if
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol necessary.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
102 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 61 07 TTP timeout error (detected on slave ● Check the CAN bus.
side). ● Check power supply of board DX11; measuring
The module was temporarily not ad- point 3.3 V on board DX1 (see wiring diagrams).
dressed by the master: Undervoltage
If 3.3 V is present ...
processing error in the software on the
master side. Master (DX11) receives no ● Replace board DX11.
return commanding from the module. If 3.3 V is not present ...
This error may also occur in connection ● Replace board DX1.
with other causal error messages! Please
also observe the causal error message! It
appears only after you acknowledge the
first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol

Error code Description Actions required


E6 61 08 General fault detected locally on module ● Check the CAN bus.
(slave side). CAN controller being reini- ● Check software versions via info screen or
tialized. service routine S008.2, carry out a firmware
update if necessary
● Check board DX61; replace the diaphragm unit, if
necessary.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 61 12 Unit is not ready for operation. This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.
● Check the CAN bus.
● Replace diaphragm unit.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 61 13 Error writing on the persistent memory of ● Restart the unit:
the diaphragm unit. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
● Replace diaphragm unit.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 61 14 Communication error of the motor driver ● Replace diaphragm unit.
on DX61.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 103
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 15 Drive overtemperature. ● Allow unit to cool down.
Can occur after frequent diaphragm If the error occurs repeatedly ...
travel, e.g. during demo operation at a
● Check board DX61; replace the diaphragm unit, if
fair.
necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 61 17 The installed diaphragm mechanics do ● Install a compatible diaphragm unit.
not match the system version.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 20 Horizontal motor malfunction during ● Allow unit to cool down.
operation.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
Can occur after frequent diaphragm
● Check board DX61; replace the
travel, e.g. during demo operation at
diaphragm unit, if necessary.
a fair.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 21 Horizontal motor limit switch error. ● Check light barrier V61_1 and
connectors, replace if necessary.
● Perform diaphragm adjustment.
● Please contact the Dentsply
Sirona Customer Service Center
(CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware
update is possible and perform
such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 22 Horizontal motor movement error. ● Acknowledge error and repeat
procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 30 Vertical motor malfunction during ● Allow unit to cool down.
operation.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
104 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 31 Vertical motor limit switch error. ● Check light barrier V61_2 and
connectors, replace if necessary.
● Perform diaphragm adjustment.
● Please contact the Dentsply
Sirona Customer Service Center
(CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware
update is possible and perform
such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 32 Vertical motor movement error. ● Acknowledge error and repeat
procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 40 Filter motor malfunction during oper- ● Allow unit to cool down.
ation.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 41 Filter motor limit switch error. ● Check light barrier V61_1 and
connectors, replace if necessary.
● Perform diaphragm adjustment.
● Please contact the Dentsply
Sirona Customer Service Center
(CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware
update is possible and perform
such an update if necessary.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 42 Filter motor movement error. ● Acknowledge error and repeat
procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 105
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 50 Sensor positioning drive malfunction ● Allow unit to cool down.
during operation. ● Check connector V61_4 for
correct position; replug if
necessary (X303, X304).
● Check the sensor unit by
switching between Pan and 3D
operating modes.
NOTE! Do not turn the sensor
unit by hand!

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 51 Sensor positioning drive limit switch ● Check light barriers V61_4;
error. replace if necessary (X303,
X304)
● Check connector of motor power
supply (V61_4) for correct
position, replug if necessary
(X203)
● Check the sensor unit by
switching between Pan and 3D
operating modes.
NOTE! Do not turn the sensor
unit by hand!
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 55 Rotating element position not ● Check light barriers V61_4;
reached. replace if necessary (X303,
X304)
● Check connector of motor power
supply (V61_4) for correct
position, replug if necessary
(X203)
● Check the sensor unit by
switching between Pan and 3D
operating modes.
NOTE! Do not turn the sensor
unit by hand!
● Check board DX61; replace the
diaphragm unit, if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
106 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 61 56 Rotating element position was de- ● Check the sensor unit by
flected mechanically. switching between Pan and 3D
operating modes.
NOTE! Do not turn the sensor
unit by hand!
● Check whether motor securely
engages in the ring gear of the
rotating element.
● Check fit and cabling of light
barriers (X303, X304).

Error code Description Actions required


E1 61 60 Voltage error on DX61, 40 V or 28 V ● Acknowledge error and repeat
If several drives are operated simul- procedure
taneously under unfavorable condi- If the error occurs repeatedly ...
tions, this may cause voltages to fall
● Check height adjustment (gentle
below their minimum tolerances.
start), replace board DX1 if
necessary.
● Check voltages at X501 on
board DX61 according to wiring
diagrams, replace diaphragm
unit if necessary.
● Check cable L11, replace if
necessary.
● Check voltage path from DX32
to DX1 (X102) according to
wiring diagrams, replace
component if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 107
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.14 Location 81, board DX81, ceph slot


Error code Description Actions required
E6 81 51 Ceph: General error during module initial- ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
ization. Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Check ceph sensor (replacement sensor),
replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 81 52 Ceph: Invalid system data or uninitialized ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
module storage data Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check ceph sensor (replacement sensor),
replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 81 53 Ceph: Invalid commanding or control ● Check the CAN bus.
data. ● If the error is a software error known to the
This error may also occur in connection Dentsply Sirona Customer Service Center (CSC)
with other causal error messages! Please then carry out a firmware update (bug fix).
also observe the causal error message! It
appears only after you acknowledge the
first error message.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 81 54 Ceph: Data transfer error or dialog error ● Check the CAN bus.
to module (master side). ● If the error is a software error known to the
Dentsply Sirona Customer Service Center (CSC),
then carry out a firmware update (bug fix).

Error code Description Actions required


E6 81 55 Ceph: Data transfer error or dialog error ● Repeat firmware update.
to bootloader of module. ● Check the CAN bus.
Occurs only in connection with firmware ● Check ceph sensor (replacement sensor),
update. replace sensor if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 81 56 Ceph: Module failed in TTP (detected on ● Check the CAN bus.
master side) ● Check ceph sensor (replacement sensor),
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol replace sensor if necessary.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
108 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 81 57 Ceph: TTP timeout error (detected on ● Check the CAN bus.
slave side). ● Check power supply of board DX11; measuring
The module was temporarily not ad- point 3.3 V on board DX1 (see wiring diagrams).
dressed by the master: Undervoltage on
If 3.3 V is present ...
the master side
● Replace board DX11.
Procedure error in the software
If 3.3 V is not present ...
Master (DX11) receives no return com-
manding from the module. ● Replace board DX1.
This error may also occur in connection
with other causal error messages! Please
also observe the causal error message! It
appears only after you acknowledge the
first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol

Error code Description Actions required


E6 81 58 Ceph: General fault detected locally on ● Check the CAN bus.
module (slave side). CAN controller be- ● Check software versions via info screen or
ing reinitialized. service routine S008.2, carry out a firmware
update if necessary.
● Check ceph sensor (replacement sensor),
replace if necessary.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 81 62 Ceph: Unit is not ready for operation. This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 81 63 Ceph: Error when writing to EEPROM. ● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
Stored data may be lost. ● Carry out a firmware update.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check log memory (Unit information).
● Check ceph sensor (replacement sensor),
replace sensor if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 109
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 81 70 Ceph: The sensor type on the ceph slot ● Check the Sidexis 4 specifications with the
is not compatible with Sidexis 4 specifica- Dentsply Sirona Customer Service Center (CSC).
tions. ● Check the version compatibility of the firmware
and Sidexis 4, perform firmware update if
necessary.
● Pull ceph sensor out of slot and plug it back in,
repeat procedure.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 81 71 Ceph: File system error on DX81C. ● Carry out a firmware update.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 81 73 Ceph: Sensor in ceph slot active on CAN ● Check cable L35/L38, replace if necessary.
bus, but no hardware detection. ● Check connector X500 on board DX1, replace
board DX1 if necessary.
● Check ceph sensor holder, replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 81 74 Ceph: Sensor in ceph slot not detected. ● Check cable L35/L38, replace if necessary.
● Check connector X503 on board DX1, replace
board DX1 if necessary.
● Check the CAN bus.
● Check ceph sensor holder, replace if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 81 75 Ceph: Error while synchronizing image ● Carry out a firmware update.
data.
If the error occurs again...
● Check ceph sensor (replacement sensor),
replace sensor if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 81 77 Ceph: Voltage error detected on sensor. ● Check cable L35/L38, replace if necessary.
(CCD voltages on board DX81C). ● Check connector X503 on board DX1, replace
If this error occurs in connection with board DX1 if necessary.
other causal error messages (e.g. E6 61 ● Carry out a firmware update.
60, E6 91 50), take appropriate action.
● Check ceph sensor holder, replace if necessary.
● Check ceph sensor (replacement sensor),
replace if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
110 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 81 78 Ceph: Invalid data at start of exposure. ● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Carry out a firmware update.
● Check the version compatibility of the firmware
and Sidexis 4, perform firmware update if
necessary.
● Seek advice from the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) with regard to the settings/
sensor information in the [Link] file.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 111
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.15 Location 83: Sensor unit


Error code Description Actions required
E7 83 01 Malfunction when starting the sensor ● Check plug connections of fiber-optic cables to
unit. boards DX83 (X800) and DX1 (J901).
Communication problems following unit ● Restart the unit:
start. 1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 83 03 Communication fault for sensor unit. ● Check plug connections of fiber-optic cables to
boards DX83 (X800) and DX1 (J901).
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 83 06 Communication fault for sensor unit. ● Check plug connections of fiber-optic cables to
boards DX83 (X800) and DX1 (J901).
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 83 07 Communication fault for sensor unit. ● Check plug connections of fiber-optic cables to
boards DX83 (X800) and DX1 (J901).
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

67 30 704 D3644
112 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E7 83 12 Sensor unit has been taken out of opera- ● Check plug connections of fiber-optic cables to
tion due to malfunction. boards DX83 (X800) and DX1 (J901).
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 83 15 The DHCP server does not provide an IP ● Check plug connections of fiber-optic cables to
address. boards DX83 (X700) and media converters.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 83 16 The network configuration has been re- ● Perform network configuration for the unit.
set.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace sensor unit.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 83 17 Error on initializing the program memory. ● Replace board DX83.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 113
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

5.4.16 Location 91: Cephalometer, board DX91


Error code Description Actions required
E6 91 01 General error during module initialization. ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Replace board DX91.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 91 02 Invalid system data or uninitialized mod- ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
ule storage data. Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Replace board DX91.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 91 03 Invalid commanding or control data. ● Check the CAN bus.
This error may also occur in connection ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
with other causal error messages! Please Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
also observe the causal error message! It fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
appears only after you acknowledge the perform such an update if necessary.
first error message.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 91 04 Data transfer error or dialog error to mod- ● Check the CAN bus.
ule (master side). ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 91 05 Data transfer error or dialog error to boot- ● Repeat firmware update.
loader of module. ● Check the CAN bus.
Occurs only in connection with firmware ● Replace board DX91.
update.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 91 06 Module failed in TTP (detected on master ● Check the CAN bus.
side) ● Replace board DX91.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol ● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
114 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E6 91 07 TTP timeout error (detected on slave ● Check the CAN bus.
side). ● Check power supply of board DX11; measuring
The module was temporarily not ad- point 3.3 V on board DX1 (see wiring diagrams).
dressed by the master: Undervoltage on
If 3.3 V is present ...
the master side
● Replace board DX11.
Procedure error in the software
If 3.3 V is not present ...
Master (DX11) receives no return com-
manding from the module. ● Replace board DX1.
This error may also occur in connection
with other causal error messages! Please
also observe the causal error message! It
appears only after you acknowledge the
first error message.
TTP = Time Trigger Protocol

Error code Description Actions required


E6 91 08 General fault detected locally on module ● Check the CAN bus.
(slave side). CAN controller being reini- ● Check software versions via info screen or
tialized. service routine S008.2, carry out a firmware
update if necessary.
● Replace board DX91.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E7 91 12 Unit is not ready for operation This error is a sequential fault.
● Restart the unit:
1. Switch off the unit.
2. Wait 1 minute.
3. Switch on the unit.
4. Repeat procedure and observe causal error
messages.

Error code Description Actions required


E6 91 13 Error when writing to EEPROM. ● Check entire unit calibration incl. center position
Stored data may be lost. of ceph scan by running service routines S034.4
and S034.5, recalibrate if necessary.
● Acknowledge error and repeat procedure.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check board DX91, replace if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 115
5 Messages Dentsply Sirona
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 91 15 Drive overtemperature. ● Allow unit to cool down.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check complete mechanics/spindle of motor
M91_3 for smooth and easy running, replace if
necessary.
● Replace board DX91.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 91 16 Motor control timeout (M91_2/3). ● Replace board DX91.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 91 20 Sensor drive malfunction during opera- ● Allow unit to cool down.
tion.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check complete mechanics/spindle of motor
M91_3 for smooth and easy running, replace if
necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 91 21 Sensor drive, opposite light barrier ● Check light barrier V91_2, replace if necessary.
reached prematurely. ● Check cable to light barrier (L21/L24), replace if
necessary.
● Check board DX91, replace if necessary.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 91 22 Sensor drive timeout. ● Check motor M91_3 incl. cable and connector,
replace if necessary.
● Check cable to light barrier (L21/L24), replace if
necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 91 30 Secondary diaphragm drive malfunction ● Allow unit to cool down.
during operation.
If the error occurs repeatedly ...
● Check motor M91_2 incl. cable and connector,
replace if necessary.
● Check cable to light barrier (L21/L24), replace if
necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
116 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 5 Messages
5.4 List of error messages

Error code Description Actions required


E5 91 31 Secondary diaphragm drive, opposite ● Check light barrier V91_2, replace if necessary.
light barrier reached prematurely. ● Check cable to light barrier (L21/L24), replace if
necessary.
● Check board DX91, replace if necessary.
● Please contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer
Service Center (CSC) to find out whether a bug
fix by means of a firmware update is possible and
perform such an update if necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E5 91 32 Secondary diaphragm drive timeout. ● Check motor M91_2, replace if necessary.
● Check cable to light barrier (L21/L24), replace if
necessary.

Error code Description Actions required


E1 91 50 Voltage errors of DX91, 40 V and 28 V. ● Check height adjustment (gentle start), replace
If several drives are operated simultane- DX1 if necessary.
ously under unfavorable conditions, this ● Check cable L36/L39 and adapter, replace if
may cause voltages to fall below their necessary.
minimum tolerances. ● Check voltages at X103 on board DX91
according to wiring diagrams, replace board
DX91 if necessary.
● Check boards DX1 and DX91, replace if
necessary.
If multiple boards report errors...
● Check board DX32, replace if necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 117
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.1 Error logging memory

6 Troubleshooting
DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch off the unit and wait at least 1 minute before
removing a cover.
Switch OFF the X-ray unit before connecting a measuring instrument.
Perform continuity tests only on units which are switched off.

NOTE
Risk of damage to unit
Select the correct current/voltage type and adjust the measuring
range to match the expected readings.
Keep to the prescribed cool-off periods if several exposures have to
be taken to check a measured value.
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.
CAN bus cable: When pulling the CAN bus cables, it is imperative the
unit is switched off.

6.1 Error logging memory


The error logging memory is part of the "Device details" (see section
"Opening "Unit information"").

Example of an error log file

67 30 704 D3644
118 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.1 Error logging memory

Data which might be expected to occur in the error logging memory is


explained below to aid you in interpreting it.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 119
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.1 Error logging memory

6.1.1 Example of error logging data


System time 2019-03-06, [Link] System time (clock on DX11)
Entry type [Message] General system event
[Message + val] General system event with additional
value
[Error] Error event
[DeviceError] Data for error event on a module
[Error PC Imaging System]] Network error event
[Stringname] Free status texts
[Stringsegment] Additional data (string name)
[RTC Date / Time Change] Date and time of the DX11 set
[PC Date / Time] Date and time of a Sidexis PC
[Update] Information on the unit firmware update
Entry data [Message] Self-test: Successful Self-test completed successfully
Recording started Start of a recording
Value: 9000 Sequence ID of the recording
Recording stopped End of an exposure
Recording canceled Exposure cancellation
Termination state Reason for ending exposure
Value: 0 Exposure completed
Value: 1 Exposure cancellation by user
Value: 2 Exposure cancellation due to internal
error
Image transfer started Start of image data transfer
Image transfer stopped End of image data transfer
Logbook started Corresponds to unit switch-on
Image state switched to Released Exposure has been delivered to
Sidexis 4 and confirmed by Sidexis 4.
Other entry data which document the occurrence of a rescue event include:
● Image state switched to Rescue
● Rescue request Sidexis Error
● Rescue request Sidexis TrackEpilogue
● Rescue request Sidexis Timeout
These entry data may also occur after "Recording stopped" or "Cancel" and in-
dicate an exceptional circumstance. You can supply important information for
error diagnosis in coordination with the Dentsply Sirona Customer Service
Center.
Entry data [Error] E6 07 06 Error code
ERR_DX7_TTP_LOST Clear text error display

67 30 704 D3644
120 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.2 Checking the CAN bus

Entry data [DeviceError] DEV_DX42 Name of module to which the message


refers
Byte 0-7: Detailed error bytes for an error occur-
0x10 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 rence
0x00 0x00
Entry data SidErr: ERR_SOCKET_ERROR Detail of network error (for Dentsply
[Error PC Imaging System] Sirona only)
SockErr: Detail of network error (for Dentsply
Sirona only)
Entry data [Stringname] Key Act Activation transaction
Key Ok Activation transaction
Entry data [Stringsegment] 7YFWDUFV-E4MMRJBW E.g. activation or confirmation code (for
activation transaction)
061-00133 E.g. counter (ID counter reading)
Entry data Tried to change to: E.g. tried to change to:
[RTC Date / Time Change] YYYY-MM-DD, HH:MM:SS 2019-Nov-30, [Link]
Entry data YYYY-MM-DD, HH:MM:SS 2019-Nov-30, [Link]
[PC Date / Time]
Entry data Automatic version update started, E.g. automatic version update
[Error Sidexis] [Link] -> [Link] started, V06.00.00 -> V06.01.00
Software update terminated, E.g. software update terminated,
result: XXX result: ok

6.2 Checking the CAN bus


NOTE
Risk of damage to unit
The voltage supply cables on modules with CAN bus connection
(exception: tube subassembly DX6, optical) must be inserted when
the unit is switched on. Otherwise, the subassembly has no ground
connection to the unit and there is no potential equalization.
If the CAN cable is not plugged in with the power supply cable, the
CAN transceiver (IC on the DX91) can be destroyed by the voltage
difference.
In other words, the CAN cables may only be plugged in to modules
that are connected to the power source and ground with the unit
switched on.

For troubleshooting, you can disconnect the CAN bus cable and/or plug
it back in and observe the (unit's) behavior.
To check the fiber-optic cables, a fiber test device, e.g.
®
Fiberpoint 250MD can be used [→ 11].

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 121
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.2 Checking the CAN bus

Re-measure the ohmic resistance


between the CAN H and CAN L
measuring pins of connector X310.

Resistance Resistance Resistance


No No
60W? 120W or 0W? <50W?

Fault in the electrical


Yes CAN bus connection. Yes

b
Check cable L117 or manual Check correct position of jumpers
trigger (without remote control). on board DX42 (if present).

Is cable L117 or
Are the jumpers set
manual trigger correctly
correctly?
connected?
Yes

Yes No

Check correct position of jumpers Plug in jumpers


b
on board DX1. correctly.

Are the jumpers set Plug in jumpers


No
correctly? correctly.

Fault in cabling, at plug


connectors or in the modules.
Yes

Check CAN connector from board Establish plug


No
DX1 to the connected modules. connection.

Yes

67 30 704 D3644
122 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.2 Checking the CAN bus

Locate the problematic component


or defective cable using the
elimination process.

Cyclical test with bridging the


components

Replacement cable
No
available?

Cyclical test with “wandering”


Yes replacement cable

Make the connection with the


Jumper the individual bus outputs
replacement cable for each module
to the modules in succession and
in succession and measure the
re-measure the ohmic resistance
ohmic resistance on board DX1 at
on board DX1 at connector X310
connector X310 between
between measuring pins CAN H
measuring pins CAN H and CAN L
and CAN L in each case.
in each case.

Has a bus Has a bus


resistance of 60W resistance
been measured for any of 60W been measured
particular for any particular
configuration? configuration?

No Yes
Yes
Replace board DX1.

Replace defective cable in the


No
respective signal path.

End

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 123
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.2 Checking the CAN bus

67 30 704 D3644
124 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.2 Checking the CAN bus

6.2.1 Checking the CAN bus with the diagnostic function of


board DX1
Board DX1 features a diagnostic function for diagnosing malfunctions of
the CAN bus via LEDs V700 and V701 (see wiring diagrams). The
following table indicates the operating status of the CAN bus and the
recommended error correction measures:

V700 V701 CAN bus operation Error correction


Slow flashing Slow flashing CAN bus OK Not required
Off Fast flashing CAN error, no communication with ● Check cabling.
board DX7, i.e. no display of error ● Check CAN jumper (jumper
messages. positions in CAN bus) [→ 125]
Fast flashing Fast flashing CAN error, no physical communica- ● Disconnect CAN cables one after
tion with CAN bus possible; there is the other (set jumpers to inner
probably a short circuit in the CAN ca- position!) until the CAN bus
ble or on the board of a module. functions again (V700 and V701
flash slowly). Replace faulty
module.
Fast flashing Off CAN error, CAN bus TTP (time trigger ● Disconnect CAN cables one after
protocol) disturbed by defective, con- the other (set jumpers to inner
stantly transmitting board (bus- position!) until the CAN bus
heavy). functions again (V700 and V701
flash slowly). Replace faulty
module.
Off Off System did not power up (DX11). Switch unit off and on again and wait
until end of power-on time.

6.2.2 Jumper positions in the CAN bus


The jumpers are on board DX1 of the following sockets (see also wiring
diagrams (REF 64 95 233):
● X302 (DX7, Easypad)
● X306 (DX61, diaphragm)
● X309 (DX91, cephalometer)
● X503 (CEPH sensor)
If a cable is plugged into the socket, the corresponding jumpers must be
set to the outer position.
If no cable is plugged in, the jumpers must be set to the inner position.
If a jumper is set to the inner position without a cable plugged in, the
CAN bus is interrupted at this location. Modules located behind this
location can no longer be connected to the CAN bus and, therefore, do
not function.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 125
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.3 Checking the boards

6.3 Checking the boards

Check operating state of


the board.

Visual inspection Measure voltages

Is the board
undamaged? Are the voltage
No No
Do the LEDs indicate levels OK?
normal operation?
Assign fault to the Assign fault to the
board (DX1) or board (DX1) or
other connected other connected
Yes board or board or
component (e.g. component (e.g.
cable), replace cable), replace
Install replacement board component if component if
and check unit function. necessary. necessary.

Yes End

Does the unit work? Yes End

Board is OK.
No

Continue troubleshooting
Replace board or
according to list of faults
component.
(chapter “Messages”).

End

67 30 704 D3644
126 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.3 Checking the boards

Important LEDs on the boards


(see also wiring diagrams)

Board LEDs Normal mode Malfunction Bootloader


DX1 V200 flashing at 1 Hz lit / not lit flashing quickly
64 90 960
V610 lit not lit
V700 flashing at 1 Hz lit / not lit / flashing
quickly
V701 flashing at 1 Hz lit / not lit / flashing
quickly
V1301 lit not lit
V1303 lit not lit
V1316 lit not lit
V1317 lit not lit
V1323 lit not lit
V1324 lit not lit
DX6 (X-ray V200 flashing at 1 Hz not lit flashing at 2 Hz
tube assembly
V325 flashing at 1 Hz not lit
2.0)
V515 lit not lit
DX61 V101 flashing at 1 Hz not lit flashing at 2 Hz
V501 lit not lit
DX7 V100 lit not lit
V101 lit not lit
V102 lit not lit
DX32 V111 lit not lit
V112 lit not lit
DX42 V101 lit not lit
V103 lit not lit
DX91 V102 flashing at 1 Hz not lit flashing at 2 Hz
V501 lit not lit

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 127
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.3 Checking the boards

6.3.1 Checking board DX32

Perform visual inspection of board DX32.

Is the board visually


Yes Replace board DX32.
damaged?

No End

Are the LEDs


V111 and V112
illuminated on board
No
DX32?

Yes

Measure voltages on DX1:


AA107/AA106 = 28 V ±10%
AA109/AA108 = 40 V ±10%

Yes

Are the voltage levels OK and


the LEDs V100 and V101 No
illuminated on board DX1?

Yes

Board DX32 is OK.

a b
End

67 30 704 D3644
128 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.3 Checking the boards

b a

Check cable L4.

Is the cable OK? No Replace cable L4.

Yes
End

Check automatic fuses at F101


and F102 on board DX32.

Check fuses on board DX32:


· Switch off the unit and wait 7
Did the automatic
No minutes (because of discharge)
fuses trip?
· Switch on the unit and check its
function.

Yes

Press on the automatic fuses and


check unit function.

Replace board
Does the unit work? No
DX32.

Yes
End
Fault has been removed.

End

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 129
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.4 Checking the motors

6.4 Checking the motors

Perform visual inspection of


motor.

Is the motor visually


damaged? Temporarily install replacement
Are the plug connections No
defective or motor and check unit function.
non-existent?

Yes
Does the unit work?

Replace the motor or fix the plug


connections.
Yes

Replace the
End motor. No

End

Motor is OK. Continue


troubleshooting according to list of
faults (chapter “Messages”).

67 30 704 D3644
130 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.5 Checking the light barriers

6.5 Checking the light barriers

Is the cable Clean the plug. If defective,


connection between light No correct the plug or replace
barrier and board OK? defective component.

End

Yes
Actuate light barrier manually and
check signal change on pin 3 of
light barrier connector:
Pin Signal
Is a 1 GND
replacement 2 3.3 V or 5 V
No
light barrier 3 Signal
available? 4 GND
IMPORTANT! When inspecting
the light barrier, check to see
Yes whether ambient light can
influence its function.

Temporarily install replacement


light barrier and check unit
function.

Does the unit work? No Yes Are the signals OK?

Yes No

Light barrier is OK.


Replace light Continue troubleshooting Replace light
barrier. according to list of faults barrier.
(chapter “Messages”).

End End

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 131
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.6 Device leakage current too high

6.6 Device leakage current too high

Disconnect tube assembly cable


L3 from connector X3 on board
DX6 and measure the leakage
current.

Yes

Is the leakage Check cable shields and cables


No
current OK? for visual damage.

Yes
Are the cable shields
No
Replace the tube and cables OK?
assembly.

Yes
End

Correct the cable shields or Replace board


replace the defective cable. DX32.

End End

67 30 704 D3644
132 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.7 Checking the cables

6.7 Checking the cables


NOTE
You can use a standard Cat5 cable as a test cable for L10, L12, L40
and L37. This cable must not be permanently installed.

IMPORTANT: Most cables have the same plug at both ends and are
connected 1:1.

Clean the plug. If


Is the cable
defective, correct
connection of the cable No
the plug, replace
OK?
cable if necessary.

End

Yes

For shielded cables:

Temporarily connect the Correct the shield,


Is the shield support
replacement cable, if available, Yes No replace cable if
of the cable OK?
and check unit function. necessary.

End
Assign fault to module
Does the unit work? No
and replace component.

Yes

End
Replace the cable.

End

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 133
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.8 Checking fiber-optic cables

6.8 Checking fiber-optic cables


®
A fiber test device, e.g. Fiberpoint 250MD is required [→ 11] to test the
fiber-optic cables.

Checking fiber-optic cables L83B (1) between board DX83 (X700)


and media converters

Is fiber-optic cable L83B (1)


Plug in fiber-optic cable
plugged into connector X700 on board no
L83B (1).
DX83?

yes

Are both fibers


Replug the “red" and
(red, black) inserted in the correct no
“black" plug connection.
order?

yes

Check connection to media converter.

Replace media
Is the connection
no Gigabit media converter? no converter for
OK?
gigabit version.

yes yes

Check fiber-optic cable connection using


Replace media converter.
the fiber test device.

Is there a cable
break?

yes

Replace fiber-optic cables.

67 30 704 D3644
134 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.8 Checking fiber-optic cables

Checking fiber-optic cables L83B (2) between board DX83 (X800)


and board DX1 (J901)

Is fiber-optic cable L83B (2)


Plug in fiber-optic
plugged into connector X800 on board no
cable L83B (2).
DX83?

yes

Are both fibers Replug the “red"


(red, black) inserted in the correct no and “black" plug
order? connection.

yes

Check fiber-optic cable connection using


the fiber test device.

Is there a cable
break?

yes

Replace fiber-optic cables.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 135
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.9 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path

6.9 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path


Error and help messages with remote control installed
E3 42 31 + E3 13 40 occur in
combination after the unit is switched on:
Switch the unit off
and then on again.
Was the release button
Ensure that release
A2 activated while Yes
button A2 is not
switching on the unit?
activated while
switching on.

No
Do the error
messages recur?

Short circuit in coiled cable


of release button A2 or on
membrane keyboard of
remote control: Yes No
· Replace coiled cable
· Replace display board
DX42 of remote control

Fault is removed

End End

E3 42 31 occurs once after the unit is


switched on:
Hardware fault on display board DX42 or short circuit in coiled cable of
release button A2 or on membrane keyboard of remote control:
· Replace release button A2
· Replace remote control

67 30 704 D3644
136 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.9 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path

E6 13 43 occurs once during operation of


the unit:

Was the door · Acknowledge error


contact opened message with R key
Yes
during the · Close door contact
exposure? · Repeat the exposure

No End

· Check door contact,


repair if necessary
· Replace cable L117
· Replace remote control

End

H321 is triggered at start of exposure:

Is the door · Close door contact


Yes
contact open? · Start exposure again

Is the help
message displayed
No again?

No
Yes

· Check door contact, Fault has been


repair if necessary removed.
· Replace cable L117

End End

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 137
6 Troubleshooting Dentsply Sirona
6.9 Error analysis of X-RAY control signal path

Error messages without installed remote control


E3 13 40 occurs after the unit is switched
on:
Switch the unit off
and then on again.
Was the release
Ensure that release
button A2 activated while Yes
button A2 is not
switching on the unit?
activated while
switching on.

No Does the error


message recur?

Short circuit in coiled cable


of release button A2:
· Replace release button Yes No
A2
· Replace cable L108

Fault is removed

End End

Error messages with and without installed remote control

Error code Description Actions required


E3 13 40 Short circuit in signal path between ● Replace cable L117 or L108.
board DX11 and release button A2 ● Replace board DX1.
during power-on.
● Replace board DX11.
E6 13 41 Release signal missing on board ● Replace cable L117 or L108.
DX11 at start of exposure. ● Replace board DX1.
● Replace board DX11.
E3 13 42 Short circuit in signal path between ● Replace cable L117 or L108.
board DX11 and release button A2 ● Replace board DX1.
during operation of the unit.
● Replace board DX11.

67 30 704 D3644
138 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 6 Troubleshooting
6.10 Checking the data paths

6.10 Checking the data paths


Checking the 2D and 3D data path is possible using service routines
S032.10 (2D sensor) and S032.50 (3D sensor) (see section "S032:
Sensor test [→ 203]").

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 139
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7 Service routines
IMPORTANT
Service routines that are displayed on the unit Easypad but are not
described in the technical documentation are purely for Dentsply
Sirona-internal purposes and may not be executed under any
circumstances.
Executing these service routines may result in a malfunction in the
unit or parts of the unit.

7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad


This section describes how to perform the service routines via the
service menu of the Easypad.
The service routines S008.2 - S008.3, S017.2 - S017.29 and S037 can
also be run via the Dentsply Sirona device web service (see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service" (REF 67 30 852).

7.1.1 Overview of service routines


Service routine Function see
S001 Radiation without rotary movement, fixed maximum radiation P. [→ 151]
time
S002 Radiation without rotary movement, selectable kV/mA level and P. [→ 153]
maximum radiation time
S002.1 Radiation without rotary movement; selectable kV/mA level and P. [→ 153]
maximum radiation time; primary diaphragm in last position se-
lected
S002.3 Radiation without rotary movement; selectable kV/mA level and P. [→ 154]
maximum radiation time (max. 4 s); primary diaphragm fully
opened with respect to PAN position
S002.4 Radiation without rotation; maximum radiation time selectable; P. [→ 155]
the primary diaphragm is set to a widened opening symmetrical
to the PAN setting so that the step filter still remains covered
S005 General X-ray tube assembly service P. [→ 157]
S005.2 Automatic adjustment of preheating P. [→ 157]
S005.4 Tube assembly fan test P. [→ 158]
S005.5 Temperature sensor test, single tank P. [→ 158]
S005.6 Switch off cool-down interval of the single tank P. [→ 159]
S005.7 Configuring continuous operation of the tube assembly fan P. [→ 160]
S007 Fault buffer P. [→ 162]
S007.1 View error memory P. [→ 162]
S007.2 Clear error memory P. [→ 163]
S008 Update service P. [→ 164]
S008.2* Overview of module software versions P. [→ 164]
S008.3* Confirmation or entry of the unit serial number P. [→ 164]

67 30 704 D3644
140 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Service routine Function see


S011 Dosimetry (without ring movement) P. [→ 165]
S011.14 Dosimetry with continuous radiation P. [→ 165]
S011.24 Dosimetry with pulsed radiation P. [→ 166]
S012 CAN bus service P. [→ 167]
S012.1 Presence display of modules P. [→ 167]
S012.2 Inquiry of the CAN status register of the modules P. [→ 168]
S012.3 Resetting the CAN status register of the modules P. [→ 168]
S012.4 Display of CAN bus cycle on the LEDs of the modules P. [→ 169]
S014 Rotation motor service P. [→ 170]
S014.3 Free travel of rotational drive P. [→ 170]
S014.4 Display of light barrier and reed switch signals of rotational drive P. [→ 170]
S015 Actuator service P. [→ 172]
S015.5 Testing of actuators 1 and 2 P. [→ 172]
S017 Configuration service P. [→ 173]
S017.2* Configuring the hardware version P. [→ 174]
S017.3* Enter the country group code P. [→ 176]
S017.4* Select a language P. [→ 177]
S017.6* Activate / deactivate the remote control display P. [→ 178]
S017.8* Selecting the kV/mA level series P. [→ 179]
S017.13* Activate/deactivate "Patient information" screen P. [→ 180]
S017.14* Activate/deactivate lines in "Patient information" screen P. [→ 181]
S017.18* Activation/deactivation of occlusal bite block function P. [→ 182]
S017.19* Disabling of the height adjustment presetting P. [→ 183]
S017.28* Configuring the acoustic signal P. [→ 184]
S017.29* Configuring the measuring method P. [→ 185]
S018 Service for height adjustment P. [→ 186]
S018.2 Set the maximum travel height P. [→ 187]
S018.3 Undo the maximum travel height setting P. [→ 188]
S018.4 Check the height adjustment sensor system P. [→ 189]
S018.5 Setting the minimum travel height P. [→ 190]
S018.6 Undoing the minimum travel height setting P. [→ 190]
S018.7 Set the nominal angle for the occlusal bite block as required by P. [→ 191]
the customer.
S018.8 Functional check of the occlusal bite block P. [→ 193]
S018.9 Calibrating the occlusal bite block P. [→ 195]
S018.10 Setting the PWM values for the height adjustment creep speed P. [→ 197]
S020 Service for temple support P. [→ 199]
S020.1 Programming the switching thresholds of the temple support P. [→ 199]
S021 Service for the packing position P. [→ 201]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 141
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Service routine Function see


S021.3 Initiate the packing position for the diaphragm P. [→ 201]
S021.4 Initiate the packing position for the sensor unit P. [→ 201]
S032 Sensor test P. [→ 203]
S032.10 Self-test of the PAN image data path P. [→ 203]
S032.50 Self-test of the FP (3D) image data path P. [→ 203]
S033 Test of ceph image path (for ceph units only) P. [→ 205]
S033.10 Signal tests for sensor in ceph slot P. [→ 205]
S034 Service for the digital cephalometer P. [→ 209]
S034.4 Calibrating / displaying he center position of ceph scan sensor P. [→ 209]
axis
S034.5 Display/calibrate center position of ceph scan secondary di- P. [→ 212]
aphragm axis
S034.6 Moving to the ceph packing position P. [→ 215]
S034.8 User-specific determination of the shadowing limit for C1 and C2 P. [→ 216]
S034.9 User-specific determination of the shadowing limit for C3 and C3 P. [→ 217]
F
S034.10 Set feed force of the ceph secondary diaphragm P. [→ 219]
S037 Network service P. [→ 222]
S037.1 Displaying the network data P. [→ 222]
S037.2 Setting the default IP address, default gateway address and de- P. [→ 224]
fault subnet mask
S037.3 Configuring boot mode: DYNAMIC (DHCP/AutoIP) / STATIC P. [→ 225]
(fixed address)
S037.4 Manual input of static network settings (IP address, default gate- P. [→ 226]
way address, and subnet mask)

*) operable also via WEB service

67 30 704 D3644
142 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.2 Service menu and service routines


You can use the service routines to check the function of certain
components and modules as well as to set important device
parameters.

[Link] Displays and symbols in the service menu


There are many different control symbols and display fields on the
touchscreen; these are activated on a context-sensitive basis
depending on the procedure step.

A Wrench symbol Displayed if level 4 (service menu) is


activated.
B Arrow keys Touch the "+" and "-" arrow keys to
select unit parameters in the selec-
tion fields.
C Selection/display field 1 Display fields for service routines,
test steps, values, unit parameters,
D Selection/display field 2
etc.
E Selection/display field 3
F Back key Return to the main menu.
G S1 - S37 Selected service routine.
H 1-n Selected test step.
I Information key Provides additional context-sensitive
information
J X RAY Radiation can be released.
X RAY Active! Caution! Radiation is being re-
leased.
K R(eturn) key Move the unit to the starting position
or confirm a save operation.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 143
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

S T(est rotation) key Start a test.


M Service key Different functions, depending on
service routine. Most, however, con-
firm a selection or the activation of
the next test step.
N Memory key Save selection.
O Patient symbol keys Different functions, depending on
service routine.
P R(eturn) key Acknowledgment of error messages/
unit return run

67 30 704 D3644
144 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu of the


Easypad
[Link] Calling the service menu
The service menu is intended exclusively for service engineers. Service
routines can be activated and unit settings incl. tests and calibrations
can be performed in this menu.
ü The touchscreen display is at level 1.
1. Touch the toothed wheel (A) in the upper right corner of the
touchscreen.
Ä Level 2 is displayed.
2. Touch the wrench symbol (B).
Ä The menu for selecting the service menu is displayed.

3. Switch to the service menu:


Press and hold down the Service key (D) until the patient symbol
keys light up (E-H) (approx. 2 s). Then press the patient symbol
keys in the sequence F – H – E within the next 4 s.

Ä The service menu is opened.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 145
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] Selecting service routines and test steps


[Link].1 Selecting a service routine
ü The service menu must be selected.
➢ Select the desired service routine via the arrow keys in the selection
field 1 (A) and confirm the selection via the service key (B).
If the selected service routine has several test steps, the first
selectable test step is displayed in selection field 2 (test step 1 in
the example).

[Link].2 Selecting a test step


ü The required service routine must be selected [→ 146].
➢ Select the required test step in selection field 2 with arrow keys (C)
and confirm your selection by pressing Service key (B).

Ä The selected service routine as well as the selected test step


are displayed in the right-hand column (S005.4 in the example).

67 30 704 D3644
146 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link].3 Service routines with security access


A security code is required for accessing service routines involving
functions such as radiation release or editing of configuration data or
stored values. This procedure prevents the inadvertent selection or
activation of these service routines.
To select a service routine or test step with security access, proceed as
follows:
1. Select the service routine or the test step, and confirm your
selection with the Service key [→ 146].
Ä After you have confirmed your selection, a "0" appears in
selection field 2.

2. Confirm security access by once again selecting the number of the


main routine (2 in the example) with the arrow keys in selection field
2 (C) and press the Service key (B) to confirm your selection.

Ä Following this double selection and confirmation via the Service


key, the service routine is activated.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 147
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] Select parameters


If arrow keys are displayed in the selection fields once the required
service routine has been selected, you can use these arrow keys to
choose between different parameters.
Example You want to run service routine S017.6 to activate the remote control.
ü Once you have selected service routine S017.6, the code "01" is
pre-selected for the "Remote control enabled" option.

➢ Press the + or - arrow keys (A) to select code 00 (B) for the
"Remote control disabled" option.
Ä Once the selected parameter has been changed (in this case
the code for disabling remote control), the Memory key (C)
lights up.

[Link] Saving parameters


Once one or a number of parameters have been selected via a service
routine, the current selection must be saved so that it is applied in the
unit.

67 30 704 D3644
148 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Example You want to run service routine S017.6 to save the selected option
"Remote control disabled".
ü The Memory key (C) lights up.
1. Touch the Memory key (C).
Ä The R key (D) lights up.
2. Touch the R key (D).
Ä The selected setting is saved to non-volatile memory.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 149
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] Exiting the test step and service routine


Touch the Service key (A) or the Back key (B) to go back to the menu
for selecting service routines.
Touch the Back key (B) in the service menu to go back to the main
menu.

67 30 704 D3644
150 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.4 S001: Radiation without rotary movement, fixed


maximum radiation time
SR* SA** Function
S001 yes X-ray beam test
kV/ma levels test
Explanation:
● Radiation with selected kV/mA level
● Radiation time cannot be selected, max. 14.0 s
● Primary diaphragm remains in last position selected

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

WARNING
The unit emits X-ray radiation.
Excess exposure to X-rays is detrimental to health.
➢ Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection.
➢ Do not stay in the X-ray room during exposure. Move as far away
from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you
to.

Field Parameter/Display Range of values


1 kV/mA level 60kV/3mA –
90kV/12mA –
2 Radiation time 14 s

Factory settings: 60kV/8mA


1. Call service routine S001.
The maximum radiation time is displayed in field 2. The maximum
radiation time cannot be changed in this service routine. It is set to
14.0 seconds. Radiation is emitted as long as the release button
remains pressed, but for no longer than 14.0 seconds.
2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required kV/mA level in field 1 (see
table).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 151
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

3. Initiate the radiation.


Ä Radiation is released from any tube assembly position.
Ä There is no rotational movement.
Ä The primary diaphragm is in the last position set.
Ä The radiation time is 14.0 seconds.
IMPORTANT: If you let go of the release button before this
radiation time expires, radiation will be terminated prematurely.
The actual radiation time is not displayed.
The radiation can only then be released again once the cooling
time has finished (automatic exposure blocking). The cooling
time is displayed in the header row of the Easypad.
Radiation is emitted as long as the release button remains
pressed, but for no longer than 14.0 seconds.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
152 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.5 S002: Radiation without rotary movement, selectable kV/


mA level and maximum radiation time
SR* SA** Function
S002 X-ray beam test
Explanation:
● Radiation with selected kV/mA level
● Maximum radiation time selectable
● Radiation from any position
S002.1 yes The primary diaphragm remains in the last position selected.
S002.3 yes The primary diaphragm is opened fully.
S002.4 yes The primary diaphragm is set to a widened opening symmetrical to
the PAN setting so that the step filter still remains covered.

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S002: Test step 1

Radiation without rotary movement; selectable kV/mA level and


maximum radiation time; primary diaphragm in last position
selected.

WARNING
The unit emits X-ray radiation.
Excess exposure to X-rays is detrimental to health.
➢ Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection.
➢ Do not stay in the X-ray room during exposure. Move as far away
from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you
to.

Field Parameters Range of values


1 kV/mA level 60kV/3mA –
90kV/12mA –
2 Radiation time 0.1s – 4s

Factory settings: 60kV/8mA, 2s


1. Call service routine S002.1.
2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required kV/mA level and the
required radiation time (see table).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 153
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

3. Initiate the radiation.


Ä Radiation is released from any tube assembly position.
Ä There is no rotational movement.
Ä The primary diaphragm is in the last position set.
Ä The radiation time corresponds to the selected radiation time.
IMPORTANT: If you let go of the release button before this
radiation time expires, radiation will be terminated prematurely.
The actual radiation time is not displayed.
The radiation can only then be released again once the cooling
time has finished (automatic exposure blocking). The cooling
time is displayed in the header row of the Easypad.
4. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S002: Test step 3

Radiation without rotary movement; selectable kV/mA level and


maximum radiation time; primary diaphragm fully opened with
respect to PAN position.

WARNING
The unit emits X-ray radiation.
Excess exposure to X-rays is detrimental to health.
➢ Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection.
➢ Do not stay in the X-ray room during exposure. Move as far away
from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you
to.

Field Parameters Range of values


1 kV/mA level 60kV/3mA –
90kV/12mA –
2 Radiation time 0.1s – 4s

Factory settings: 60kV/8mA, 2s


1. Call service routine S002.3.
Ä Calling this service routine moves the primary diaphragm to the
new position (fully opened with respect to PAN position). During
this time, a progress indicator is displayed in field 1.

67 30 704 D3644
154 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required kV/mA level and the
required radiation time (see table).

3. Initiate the radiation.


Ä Radiation is released from any tube assembly position.
Ä There is no rotational movement.
Ä The primary diaphragm is opened fully.
Ä The radiation time corresponds to the selected radiation time.
IMPORTANT: If you let go of the release button before this
radiation time expires, radiation will be terminated prematurely.
The actual radiation time is not displayed.
The radiation can only then be released again once the cooling
time has finished (automatic exposure blocking). The cooling
time is displayed in the header row of the Easypad.
4. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S002: Test step 4

Radiation without rotation; maximum radiation time selectable; the


primary diaphragm is set to a widened opening symmetrical to the
PAN setting so that the step filter still remains covered.

WARNING
The unit emits X-ray radiation.
Excess exposure to X-rays is detrimental to health.
➢ Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection.
➢ Do not stay in the X-ray room during exposure. Move as far away
from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you
to.

Field Parameters Range of values


1 kV/mA level 60kV/3mA –
90kV/12mA –
2 Radiation time 0.1s – 4s

Factory settings: 60kV/8mA, 2s

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 155
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

1. Call service routine S002.4.


Ä Selecting test step 4 moves the primary diaphragm to the new
position (opened fully and symmetrical to PAN) and puts the
step filter into the beam path. During this time, a progress
indicator is displayed in field 1.

2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required kV/mA level and the
required radiation time (see table).
3. Initiate the radiation.

Ä Radiation is released from any tube assembly position.


Ä There is no rotational movement.
Ä The primary diaphragm is opened symmetrical to the PAN
setting.
Ä The step filter is in the beam path.
Ä The radiation time corresponds to the selected radiation time.
IMPORTANT: If you let go of the release button before this
radiation time expires, radiation will be terminated prematurely.
The actual radiation time is not displayed.
The radiation can only then be released again once the cooling
time has finished (automatic exposure blocking). The cooling
time is displayed in the header row of the Easypad.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
156 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.6 S005: General X-ray tube assembly service


SR* SA** Function
S005 General X-ray tube assembly service
S005.2 yes Automatic adjustment of preheating
S005.4 No Fan test
S005.5 No Temperature sensor test, single tank
S005.6 yes Switch off cool-down interval of the single tank
S005.7 No Configuring continuous operation of the tube assembly fan

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S005: Test step 2

Automatic adjustment of preheating

WARNING
The unit emits X-ray radiation.
Excess exposure to X-rays is detrimental to health.
➢ Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection.
➢ Do not stay in the X-ray room during exposure. Move as far away
from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you
to.

NOTE
Data loss
The unit's calibration data is erased when service routine S005.2 is
executed. A complete unit calibration is required after the service
routine is executed.

IMPORTANT
The tube assembly must be at operating temperature before the
adjustment. To this end, run service routine S001 to release radiation
once for 14.0 s at kV/mA level 60/8.

1. Call service routine S005.2.


Ä An inactive progress indicator in field 1 and the message
"FFFF" in field 3 signal that the system is ready for
compensation.

2. Start automatic adjustment by releasing radiation.


IMPORTANT: Keep pressing the release button until adjustment is
completed and the new offset value for preheating is displayed. If
you interrupt the adjustment procedure prematurely by letting go of
the release button, the message "EEEE" appears in field 3. This
message may have to be acknowledged by pressing the R key.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 157
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä During the adjustment procedure, a progress indicator is


displayed in field 1.
Ä "CONTINUOUS" is displayed in field 2.

Ä After a successful adjustment, the offset value is displayed in


field 3. The "Release" note in field 1 requests that you let go of
the release button.
3. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S005: Test step 4

Tube assembly fan test

Field Code Function


1 00 Fan off*
01 Fan on

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S005.4.
2. Use the arrow keys (A) in field 1 to select the code "01" (see table).
3. Confirm your selection by pressing the R key (B).
Ä The fan starts up.
4. Check the fan for running noise.
5. Exit the service routine.
Upon exiting the service routine, the fan is automatically switched
off again.

[Link] S005: Test step 5

Temperature sensor test, single tank


1. Call service routine S005.5.

67 30 704 D3644
158 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä After the service routine has been selected, field 1 displays the
single tank temperature in °C. The display is updated once per
second.
2. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S005: Test step 6

Switch off cool-down interval of the single tank

NOTE
Risk of X-ray tube assembly failure
Running this service routine is irreversible!
The device is operated beyond its specifications afterwards. This may
result in an X-ray tube assembly failure. As a result, the unit's
warranty expires. Dentsply Sirona is able to prove this unit setting
after a system failure.

IMPORTANT
Upon explicit customer request, the monitored pulse/pause ratio can
be disabled in exceptional cases. This can only be done once by
running this service routine. Re-enabling the pulse/pause monitoring
function is not possible, though. Such a one-time disablement can be
displayed on the info screen and in the detail query by entering
"PulsePause-Disable".

Field Code Function


1 00 Pulse/pause monitoring inactive
01 Pulse/pause monitoring active*

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S005.6.
Ä The status of the pulse/pause treatment is displayed in field 1
(see table).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 159
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä If pulse/pause monitoring has already been disabled


prematurely, this service routine simply displays the status and
the arrow keys are not shown. The status cannot be changed.

2. To disable pulse/pause monitoring, use the arrow keys (A) to select


the code "00".
Ä The Memory key (B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
Ä PulsePause monitoring is irreversibly disabled.
4. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S005: Test step 7

Configuring continuous operation of the tube assembly fan

NOTE
Contamination of the fan and the single tank housing
Because of the expected greater contamination of the fan and of the
single tank housing, the configuration of continuous operation is
documented irreversibly on the tube assembly in order to obtain
additional information in the case of returned goods.

IMPORTANT
The tube assembly fan can be configured for continuous operation at
the express wish of the customer. This can be done by running this
service routine. The customer should be informed in advance about
the increased noise generation to be expected. A demonstration of
the fan noise can be made with service routine .

Field Code Function


1 00 Fan switches off (controlled opera-
tion)*
01 Fan switches to continuous operation

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S005.7.

67 30 704 D3644
160 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä The operating mode of the fan is displayed in field 1.

2. To set the fan to continuous operation, use the arrow keys (A) to
select the code "01" (see table).
Ä The Memory key (B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 161
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.7 S007: Fault buffer


SR* SA** Function
S007 Fault buffer
S007.1 No View error memory
S007.2 yes Clear error memory

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S007: Test step 1

View error memory


Besides the service routine S007.1, you may also query the error
memory using the "Unit information".

Symbol on the Easypad Status Function


Patient symbol key 1 (B) is selected Step width for scrolling be-
tween error events = 1*
Patient symbol key 2 (C) is selected Step width for scrolling be-
tween error events = 10
Patient symbol key 3 (D) is selected Step width for scrolling be-
tween error events = 100

Field Selection/display
1 Error event
2 Error code for the selected event
3 Date and time of the selected
error event

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S007.1.
2. Use the patient symbol keys (B, C, D) to select the step width for
scrolling between the error events (see table).
Ä The selected patient symbol key lights up.
3. Use the arrow keys (A) in field 1 to select the required error event
(in the example 1).
Ä The corresponding error message is displayed in field 2.
Ä Field 3 displays the date and time of the error event.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
162 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S007: Test step 2

Clear error memory


1. Call service routine S007.2.
Ä The system's readiness to clear the memory is indicated by the
display message "FFFF" in field 1.
2. To clear the memory, press the Memory key (A) (R key (B) lights
up) followed by the R key (B).

Ä Once the memory has been cleared, the message "0000" is


displayed in field 1.
3. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 163
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.8 S008: Update service


SR* SA** Function
S008 Update service
S008.2 No Overview of module software versions
S008.3 No Confirming the unit serial number

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S008: Test step 2

Overview of module software versions


1. Call service routine S008.2.
Ä The software versions currently installed on the modules are
displayed on the touchscreen as an information screen.
You can remedy any differences between the software versions
in the "Current" and "Expected" columns by completing a
firmware update.
2. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S008: Test step 3

Confirmation or entry of the unit serial number

IMPORTANT
If the backup copy of the old unit serial number does not match the
new one after replacing a module, the entry of the serial number is
activated. If an incorrect serial number is entered, the message
"FFFF" appears on the display. In this case, the service routine can
be run again.

1. Call up service routine S008.3.


2. Touch the Memory key (A).
Ä The R key (B) is displayed.
3. If the unit serial number is identical:
To confirm the displayed serial number, press the R key (B).
4. If the unit serial number is new:
Select the unit serial number of your unit using the arrow keys.
IMPORTANT: The memory function is only active once both serial
numbers have been viewed.
5. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
164 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.9 S011: Dosimetry (without ring movement)


WARNING
The unit emits X-ray radiation.
Excess exposure to X-rays is detrimental to health.
➢ Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection.
➢ Do not stay in the X-ray room during exposure. Move as far away
from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you
to.

SR* SA** Function


S011 Dosimetry (without ring movement)
S011.14 yes Dosimetry with continuous radiation
S011.24 yes Dosimetry with pulsed radiation

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S011: Test step 14

Dosimetry with continuous radiation


A standard dosimeter is required for dosimetry.

Field Parameters Range of values


1 kV/mA levels 85kV/7mA (2.5s)*
85kV/7mA (4.3s)
85kV/10mA (4.3s)
85kV/13mA (4.3s)
2 Radiation time 2.5s / 4.3s
(not selectable) (depending on the
kV/mA level selected)

* factory settings
1. Attach the Mult-O-Meter sensor at the center of the 3D sensor cover
(sensor-side).
2. Call service routine S011.14.
Ä The kV/mA level is displayed in field 1.
Ä The corresponding radiation time is displayed in field 2.
3. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required kV/mA level, e.g.
"85kV / 7 mA".
Ä The corresponding radiation time "2.5s" is displayed in field 2.
The radiation time cannot be selected separately.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 165
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

4. Initiate the radiation.


Ä A continuous radiation with 85 kV / 7 mA is emitted for 2.5 s.
If you let go of the release button before the radiation time has
elapsed, radiation is terminated prematurely and the exposure
is interrupted.
The radiation can only then be released again once the cooling
time has finished (automatic exposure blocking). The cooling
time is displayed in the header row of the Easypad.
5. Read the dose shown on the Mult-O-Meter.
6. Exit the service routine.
7. Remove the Mult-O-Meter from the sensor unit again.

[Link] S011: Test step 24

Dosimetry with pulsed radiation


A dosimeter for pulsed radiation, e.g. type Mult-O-Meter 512L, is
required for the dosimetry.
1. Attach the Mult-O-Meter sensor at the center of the 3D sensor cover
(sensor-side).
2. Call service routine S011.24.
Ä Field 1 displays "85 kV / 35 mAs".

3. Initiate the radiation.


Ä Radiation uses 200 pulses and 85 kV / 35 mAs.
IMPORTANT: If you let go of the release button before the
maximum radiation time has elapsed, radiation is terminated
prematurely and the exposure is interrupted. The actual
radiation time is not displayed.
The radiation can only then be released again once the cooling
time has finished (automatic exposure blocking). The cooling
time is displayed in the header row of the Easypad.
4. Read the dose shown on the Mult-O-Meter.
5. Exit the service routine.
6. Remove the Mult-O-Meter from the sensor unit again.

67 30 704 D3644
166 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.10 S012: CAN bus service


SR* SA** Function
S012 CAN bus service
S012.1 No Presence display of modules
S012.2 No Inquiry of the CAN status register of the modules
S012.3 No Resetting the CAN status register of the modules
S012.4 No Display of CAN bus cycle on the LEDs of the modules

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

IMPORTANT
The CAN bus service is not implemented for the modules DX11 and
DX83!

[Link] S012: Test step 1

Presence display of modules

Field Parameter/Display Range of


values
1 Subunit DX6 - DX91
(except
DX11 and
DX83)
2 ● Counter value of
CAN bus events
● Presence code behind
the counter value:
P = module present
L = module lost

➢ Call service routine S012.1.


Checking the module ➢ Use the arrow keys (A) in field 1 to select the required module.
Ä The counter value of the CAN bus events (change from "P" to
"L" since the last switch-on of the unit) of the selected module
processed so far is displayed in field 2 with the presence code
of the module ("L" or "P") (see table).
Ä Once the module has been selected, the T key (B) lights up.

Clearing the counter for the module 1. To delete the counter, press the T key (B).
Ä The counter is then reset to "0".

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 167
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

2. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S012: Test step 2

Inquiry of the CAN status register of the modules

IMPORTANT
Before querying the CAN status register for the modules, you should
first run service routine S012.3 to reset the registers [→ 168].

1. Call service routine S012.2.


Ä The currently selected module is displayed in selection field 1
(DX42 in the example).

2. Use the arrow keys (A) in selection field 1 to select the required
module.
Ä Once the module has been selected, the T key (B) lights up.
3. Touch the T key (B).

Ä The CAN status registers for the module called, e.g. CAN-State
DX6, are displayed.
If values deviate from "zero", it points to a problematic CAN bus
connection.
4. If you want to open another module, touch the Service key or Back
key to select another module, and then touch the T key (B) once
more.
5. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S012: Test step 3

Resetting the CAN status register of the modules

IMPORTANT
Run this service routine as required before service routine S012.2.

67 30 704 D3644
168 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

1. Call service routine S012.3.


Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the Memory key
(A) lights up.
2. To delete the CAN bus registers, press the Memory key (A) (R key
lights up) followed by the R key (B).
3. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S012: Test step 4

Display of CAN bus cycle on the LEDs of the modules

Field Code Function


1 0 LED display on the modules is
switched off*
1 LED display on the modules is
switched on

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S012.4.
Ä After selecting the service routine, field 1 displays the code for
the current setting of the display (see table).
2. Use the arrow keys (A) in field 1 to select the required code and
confirm your selection by pressing the T key (B).
3. Exit the service routine.
The LEDs on the modules normally flash slowly (1 Hz) (for code "0").
When code "1" has been selected and confirmed, the CAN bus clock
pulse of the TTP protocol, which is output by the master module as a
broadcast with a frequency of 20 Hz, is output on the LEDs (the green
life LED flashes on DX7). Thus by "rocking through" the connectors, you
can detect directly the contact loss of the module on the CAN bus. The
activation or deactivation of this function simultaneously acts on all
modules.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 169
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.11 S014: Rotation motor service


SR* SA** Function
S014 Rotation motor service
S014.3 No Free travel of rotational drive
S014.4 No Display of light barrier signals of rotational drive

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S014: Test step 3

Free travel of rotational drive


This service routine implements the free travel of the rotational drive in
both directions.
1. Call service routine S014.3.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the arrow keys (A)
are displayed in selection field 1.
2. Touch the arrow keys (A) to move the ring to the right (+) or to the
left (–). The ring keeps moving as long as you touch the keys or
until it reaches the respective end position. Press and hold down
the arrow key until the relevant end position height is reached one
time.
3. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S014: Test step 4

Display of light barrier and reed switch signals of the rotary drive
This service routine represents the switching state of the rotary motor
light barrier V1_3 and the reed contact for sensing the ring position.
1. Call service routine S014.4.
Ä After the service routine has been selected, both the Service
key and patient symbol keys 1 (B) and 2 (C) are displayed on
the Easypad.
2. Manually turn the ring counterclockwise to the idle position.
Ä Patient symbol key 1 (B) lights up to indicate that the light
barrier V1_3 has been released. Patient symbol key 2 (C) lights
up to indicate that the reed switch has been activated.
3. Slowly turn the ring clockwise out of the idle position.
Ä Patient symbol key 1 (B) goes out, thereby indicating that the
pan position has been exited. Patient symbol key 2 (C)
continues to be lit orange.
4. Turn the ring further clockwise.
Ä Patient symbol key 1 (B) lights up again, thereby indicating that
the ceph position has been reached. Patient symbol key 2 (C)
continues to be lit orange.
5. Turn the ring further clockwise.
Ä Patient symbol key 1 (B) goes out, thereby indicating that the
ceph position has been exited. Patient symbol key 2 (C)
continues to be lit orange.

67 30 704 D3644
170 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

6. Turn the ring further clockwise.


Ä Patient symbol key 2 (C) goes out, thereby indicating that the
range of the reed switch has been exited.
7. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 171
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.12 S015: Actuator service


SR* SA** Function
S015 Actuator service
S015.5 No Functional test of actuators 1 + 2

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S015: Test step 5

Testing of actuators 1 and 2


The use of this service routine is suitable for troubleshooting motor and
cable defects. Furthermore, the possibility of performing isolated travel
with an individual drive makes it possible to release the clamping of the
actuator/rotation system and check the stiffness of the individual
adjusting axes.

Symbol on the Easypad Status Meaning


Patient symbol key 1 (C) lit Switching flag of actuator 1 is
located in the light barrier
not lit Switching flag of actuator 1 is
not located in the light barrier
Patient symbol key 2 (D) lit Switching flag of actuator 2 is
located in the light barrier
not lit Switching flag of actuator 2 is
not located in the light barrier
Patient symbol key 1+2 lit Unit is in the pan home posi-
(C+D) tion

1. Call service routine S015.5.


Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the arrow keys (A
+B) are displayed in field 1 and 2.
Ä The patient symbol key 1 (C) shows the switching state of the
light barrier of actuator 1, the patient symbol key 2 (D) shows
the switching state of the light barrier of actuator 2 (see table).
2. Touch the arrow keys (A) in field 1 to move actuator 1 to the right
(+) or to the left (–). The actuator movement continues as long as
the key is pressed.
The R key (E) can be used to move the system (actuator 1 and 2)
back to the pan home position. Patient symbol keys 1 and 2 light up
in this position.
3. Touch the arrow keys (B) in field 2 to move actuator 2 to the right
(+) or to the left (–). The actuator movement continues as long as
the key is pressed.
The R key (E) can be used to move the system (actuator 1 and 2)
back to the pan home position. Patient symbol keys 1 and 2 light up
in this position.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
172 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.13 S017: Configuration service


The unit can also be configured via the web service via service routine
S017.

IMPORTANT
After making changes to the unit configuration, error message E7 11
30 appears on the Easypad touchscreen. Additional service routines
can be performed.
Before a patient exposure can be performed, the error message must
be acknowledged with the "R" key and the unit must be restarted.

SR* SA** Function


S017 Unit configuration
S017.2 yes Configuring the hardware version
S017.3 yes Enter the country group code
S017.4 yes Select a language
S017.6 yes Enable/disable the remote control
S017.8 yes Selecting the kV/mA level series
S017.13 yes Enable/disable the welcome screen
S017.14 yes Enable/disable certain lines of the welcome screen
S017.18 yes Activation of occlusal bite block function
S017.19 yes Disabling of the height adjustment presetting
S017.28 yes Configuring the acoustic signal
S017.29: yes Configuring the measuring method

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 173
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 2

Configuring the hardware version

Field Unit variants Function


1 Permitted for Axeos
PanDCS__3D_______ Panoramic digital, 2D/3D-Sen-
sor
PanDCS__3D_CephL Panoramic digital, 2D/3D-Sen-
sor,
Ceph left digital
PanDCS__3D_Ceph Panoramic digital, 2D/3D-Sen-
R sor,
Ceph right digital

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.2.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the current
selected unit variant is displayed in field 1.

2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required unit variants in field 1 (see
table).
Ä Once the unit variant has been selected, the Memory key (B)
lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

Checking the jumper position on board DX1


Information about the position of connectors X309 and X503 is provided
in the technical document "Axeos Schaltunterlagen" (REF 67 30 902).

67 30 704 D3644
174 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Without ceph Jumper inside: Cephalometer not connected, i.e. connector not plugged
in.

Ceph left or Ceph right Jumper outside: Cephalometer connected, i.e. connector plugged in.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 175
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 3

Enter the country group code

Field Code Function


1 00 Worldwide*
02 USA

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.3.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the
current setting is displayed in field 1.

2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required country group code in field
1 (see table).
Ä Once the country group code has been selected, the Memory
key (B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
176 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 4

Select a language

Field Code Function*


1 00 English*
01 German
02 French
03 Italian
04 Dutch
05 Spanish
06 Russian
08 Portuguese
10 Chinese (PRC)
11 Korean
12 Japanese
13 Chinese (Taiwan)

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.4.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the
current setting is displayed in field 1.

2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the code for the required language
in field 1 (see table).
Ä Once the language has been selected, the Memory key (B)
lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 177
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 6

Activate / deactivate the remote control display

Field Code Function


1 00 Display inactive*
01 Display active

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.6.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the
current setting is displayed in field 1.

2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the code for the required setting in
field 1 (see table).
Ä Once the required setting has been selected, the Memory key
(B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
178 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 8

Selecting the kV/mA level series

Field Code Function


1 1E 16 mA series for pan
16 mA series for ceph
2E 8 mA series for pan
16 mA series for ceph
3E 15 mA series for pan
15 mA series for ceph

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.8.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the
current setting is displayed in field 1.

2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required setting in field 1 (see
table).
Ä Once the required setting has been selected, the Memory key
(B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 179
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 13

Activating/deactivating the "Patient information" screen

IMPORTANT
If the "Patient information" screen is deactivated, this also deactivates
the height adjustment presetting value function.

Field Code Function


01 00 "Patient information" screen inactive
01 "Patient information" screen active*

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.13.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the
current setting is displayed in field 1.

2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required setting in field 1 (see
table).
Ä Once the required setting has been selected, the Memory key
(B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
180 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 14

Activate/deactivate lines in "Patient information" screen

Field Code Meaning/Function


1 1 First name
2 Last name
3 Date of birth
4 Patient number
2 0 Inactive*
1 Active

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.14.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the
line currently selected is displayed in field 1.

2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required line in field 1 (see table).
Ä The activation status code is displayed in field 2.

3. Use the arrow keys (B) to select the code for the required state of
the line selected in field 1 in field 2 (see table).
Ä Once the required setting has been selected, the Memory key
(C) lights up.
4. Save the setting.
5. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 181
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 18

Activation/deactivation of occlusal bite block function


The occlusal bite block function can be activated or deactivated via
service routine S017.18.
Should the customer wish to set a nominal angle deviating from the
factory setting (7°), make the corresponding configuration settings via
service routine S018.7).

Field Code Function


1 00 Occlusal bite block function deactivated*
01 Occlusal bite block function activated

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.18 [→ 182].
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the
current setting is displayed in field 1.

2. Use the arrow keys (A) to select the required setting in field 1 (see
table).
Ä Once the required setting has been selected, the Memory key
(B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
Ä Message E1 11 18 "Calibration of the occlusal bite block is
required" is displayed.
4. Acknowledge this message via the Service key.
5. Exit the service routine.
IMPORTANT: Do not forget to calibrate the occlusal bite block via
service routine S018.9.

67 30 704 D3644
182 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 19

Disabling of the height adjustment presetting

Field Code word Function


1 disabled Height adjustment
preselection is en-
abled*
enabled Height adjustment
preselection is dis-
abled

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.19.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code word for
the current setting is displayed in field 1.

2. Use the arrow keys (A) in field 1 to select the required code word
(see table).
Ä Once the code word has been selected, the Memory key (B)
lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 183
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 28

Configuring the acoustic signal

Field Code Function


1 01 Generation of an
acoustic signal on the
Easypad for height
adjustment and cycle
sound during the ra-
diation*
00 Generation of the
sound signal only on
DX1

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.28.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the
current setting is displayed in field 1.

2. Use the arrow keys (A) in field 1 to select the required code (see
table).
Ä After the code has been selected, the Memory key (B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
184 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S017: Test step 29

Configuring the measuring method

Field Code Function


1 10 Measurement
method 1:
Without measure-
ment of backscatter
effects*
11 Measurement
method 2:
With measurement of
backscatter effects

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S017.29.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the code for the
current setting is displayed in field 1.

2. Use the arrow keys (A) in field 1 to select the required measuring
method for the dose area product displayed after the exposure (see
table).
Ä After the measuring method has been selected, the Memory
key (B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 185
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.14 S018: Service for height adjustment


SR* SA** Function
S018 Service for height adjustment
S018.2 No Set the maximum travel height
S018.3 No Undo the maximum travel height setting
S018.4 No Check the height adjustment sensor system
S018.5 No Setting the minimum travel height
S018.6 No Undoing the minimum travel height setting
S018.7 No Nominal angle setting for the occlusal bite block (as required by the
customer)
S018.8 No Functional test of the occlusal bite block
S018.9 No Calibrating the occlusal bite block
S018.10 No Setting the PWM values for the height adjustment creep speed (PWM
= Pulse Width Modulation)

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

67 30 704 D3644
186 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S018: Test step 2


Limiting the max. travel height is only possible from a position value of
>1500.

Set the maximum travel height


1. Move the unit to the required maximum travel height by pressing the
Up/Down keys in the user mode on the Easypad.
2. Call service routine S018.2.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the current height
position is displayed in field 1.
Ä The Memory key (B) lights up.
3. To save the maximum travel height, touch the Memory key (B) (R
key (C) lights up) followed by the R key (C).

4. *For greater clarity the unit is shown in the adjacent image without a

* D
cover.
Set the mechanical limit stop on the unit:
Loosen the nut (D) and move mechanical limit stop (E) for the limit
switch until it engages. Tighten nut (D) again.
The next time the UP key is pressed, the unit stops 10 mm below
the limit switch.
5. Exit the service routine.
E

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 187
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S018: Test step 3

Undo the maximum travel height setting


1. Call service routine S018.3.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the current height
position is displayed in field 1.
Ä The Memory key (B) lights up.
2. To increase the limit for the maximum travel height, first touch the
Memory key (B) (R key (C) lights up) followed by the R key (C).
3. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
188 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S018: Test step 4

Check the height adjustment sensor system


This service routine is used to move the unit up or down as far as the
limit switches using the Up/Down keys on the Easypad. The "soft limit
positions" set by the software are ignored in this case.

Display on the Easypad Status Meaning


Patient symbol key 1 lit Correction switch acti-
vated
not lit Correction switch not acti-
vated
Patient symbol key 2 lit Lower limit switch acti-
vated
not lit Lower limit switch not acti-
vated
Patient symbol key 3 lit Upper limit switch acti-
vated
not lit Upper limit switch not acti-
vated

The patient symbol keys 2 and 3 only light up if a switch is activated and
the relevant Up/Down key is still pressed down. The patient symbol
keys go out if the Up/Down key is released.
1. Call service routine S018.4.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the current height
position is displayed in field 1.
Ä Patient symbol keys 1 to 3 (F) show the switching state of the
limit switches (see table)
If the RESPECTIVE patient symbol key is lit, the corresponding
switch is activated.

2. Use the Up/Down keys on the control panel to move the unit up and
down and use the patient symbol keys (F) to check the switching
states.
3. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 189
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S018: Test step 5

Setting the minimum travel height


Setting the minimum travel height is possible only for a unit height that
is below the lower correction switch level (< position value of 1500)!
1. In user mode, move the unit to the required minimum travel height
by pressing the Up/Down keys (A).
2. Call service routine S018.5.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the current height
position is displayed in field 1.
Ä The Memory key (B) lights up.
3. To save the minimum travel height, touch the Memory key (B) (R
key (C) lights up) followed by the R key (C).
4. Exit the service routine.
The limitation of the minimum travel height is purely software based.
The lower limit switch is not mechanically adapted to the new minimum
travel height!

[Link] S018: Test step 6

Undoing the minimum travel height setting


1. Call service routine S018.6.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the current height
position is displayed in field 1.
Ä The Memory key (B) lights up.
2. To increase the limit for the minimum travel height, first touch the
Memory key (B) (R key (C) lights up) followed by the R key (C).
3. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
190 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S018: Test step 7


In order to execute this service routine, the occlusal bite block function
must be activated via service routine S017.18.

Set the nominal angle for the occlusal bite block as required by the
customer.

Symbol on the Easypad Status Meaning


Patient symbol key 1 (G) visible Occlusal bite block con-
nected
not visible Occlusal bite block not con-
nected

Field Parameter/Display Range of val-


ues
1 Program groups P1 - P12
BW1 - BW2
VOL1 - VOL3
2 Nominal angle of the bite block plate -13° to +18°
3 Measured deflection of the bite block -17° to +22°
plate

1. Call service routine S018.7.

Ä The selected program group is displayed in field 1 (to which the


nominal value displayed in field 2 applies).
Ä The nominal value (for the program group selected in field 1) is
displayed in field 2.
Ä The currently measured angle of the bite block plate is
displayed and permanently updated in field 3
(possible deflection: -17° to +22°).
Ä The display of patient symbol key 1 (G) indicates whether or not
the occlusal bite block is connected (see table).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 191
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

2. Use the arrow keys (H) in field 1 to select the required program
group.

3. Use the arrow keys (I) to set the required nominal angle (possible
range: -17° to +22°).
Tip: You can also set the required angle manually on the occlusal
bite block and transfer this angle to field 2 by pressing the T key (J).
By pressing patient symbol key 1 (G) you can activate and
deactivate the laser light localizer. You can use the laser light as a
reference for the angle adjustment. When the laser light localizer is
activated, the patient symbol key 1 is lit.
Ä The Memory key (B) lights up.
4. To save the nominal value, touch the Memory key (B) (R key (C)
lights up) followed by the R key (C).
5. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
192 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S018: Test step 8


In order to execute this service routine, the occlusal bite block function
must be activated via service routine S017.18.

Functional test of the occlusal bite block

Symbol on the Easypad Status Meaning


Patient symbol key 1 (G) visible Occlusal bite block con-
nected
not visible Occlusal bite block not
connected

Field Display
1 Angle of the bite block plate calculated on the basis of the
calibration
2 Measured AD value providing the basis for the angle calcu-
lation
3 Codes for possible error modes [→ 194]

All of the monitoring functions of the bite block electronics are active in
this service routine. Any error states are displayed as a code in field 3.
1. Call service routine S018.8.

Ä The current angle of the bite block plate or the one calculated
based on the calibration is displayed in field 1.
Ä The currently measured AD value leading to the angle
calculation is displayed in field 2.
Ä The codes of the possible error modes of the acquisition
electronics are displayed in field 3 (see section "Codes of
possible error modes [→ 194]").
Ä The display of patient symbol key 1 (G) indicates whether or not
the occlusal bite block is connected (see table).
2. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 193
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link].1 Codes of possible error modes

Display Error Troubleshooting measures


01 Normal state No action
02 Plug X1000 is not plugged in on Check plug for occlusal bite block on board DX1.
board DX1
03 Persistent ADC values Check cabling and plug connections on board DX1 and oc-
clusal bite block electronics.
04 Interruption of the 5 V line
05 Interruption of Vref- line
06 Interruption of Vout- line
07 Interruption of VGND line
08 Interruption of "Connect" line
09 Defective choke, pin 3 detached Replace occlusal bite block electronics (board DX51).
10 Defective choke, pin 1 detached
11 Defective clock generator
12 Resistor R11 not soldered
13 Plug on occlusal bite block not in- Check plug for occlusal bite block on occlusal bite block elec-
serted tronics (board DX51).
14 Composite error Check cabling and plug connections on board DX1 and oc-
clusal bite block electronics.
15 Calculated angle too small Perform a readjustment via service routine S018.9.
16 Calculated angle too large
17 Error on ADC channel 2 Replace occlusal bite block electronics (board DX51); check
cabling and plug connections on board DX1 and occlusal bite
block electronics.

You can draw conclusions concerning the correctness of the angle


acquisition based on the plausibility of these displays. A plausible
constellation (reference unit) would be:
+22° → AD = 1273
-17° → AD = 3124
The settings may differ unit specifically.

67 30 704 D3644
194 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S018: Test step 9


In order to execute this service routine, the occlusal bite block function
must be activated via service routine S017.18.

Calibrating the occlusal bite block


When calibrating the occlusal bite block, three positional values ZP, U
and L must be adjusted and saved.
● ZP (zero point): Zero point: applied whenever no bite block is
plugged in.
● U (upper): Upper value; applied whenever the bite block is plugged
in and the bite block plate is deflected all the way up.
● L (lower): Lower value; applied whenever the bite block is plugged in
and the bite block plate is deflected all the way down.

Symbol on the Easypad Status Meaning


Patient symbol key 1 (G) visible Occlusal bite block con-
nected
not visible Occlusal bite block not
connected

The message "N/A" appears if the occlusal bite block is at an


intermediate position.

Field Display Meaning


1 ZP Zero point
U Upper value
S Lower value

➢ Call service routine S018.9.


Ä The data type intended for the next storage function is
displayed in field 1.
Ä The display of patient symbol key 1 (G) indicates whether or not
the occlusal bite block is connected (see table).

ZP: Adjusting and saving the zero point 1. Take the occlusal bite block out of the bite block holder.
Ä "ZP" (for zero point) is displayed in field 1.
Ä The Memory key lights up.
2. To save the zero point "ZP", first press the Memory key (the R key
lights up) and then the R key.
Ä The value for the zero point "ZP" is accepted.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 195
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

U: Adjusting and saving the upper value 1. Insert the occlusal bite block into the bite block holder and deflect
the bite block plate all the way up (up to the stop).
Ä "U" (for upper value) is displayed in field 1.
Ä The Memory key lights up.
2. To save the upper value "U", first press the Memory key (the R key
lights up) and then the R key.
Ä The value for the upper value "U" is accepted.

L: Adjusting and saving the lower value 1. Deflect the bite block plate all the way down (up to the stop).
Ä "L" (for lower value) is displayed in field 1.
Ä The Memory key lights up.
2. To save the lower value "L", first press the Memory key (the R key
lights up) and then the R key.
Ä The value for the lower value "L" is accepted.
Ä The adjustment of the AD values is now finished.

Checking the adjustment 1. Check the adjustment via service routine S018.7 [→ 191]. To do
this, move the bite block plate and check whether the adjustment
range is between -17° and +22°.
2. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
196 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S018: Test step 10


In order to execute this service routine, the occlusal bite block function
must be activated via service routine S017.18.

Setting the PWM values for the height adjustment creep speed
In user mode, check whether a correction is required for the speed for
upward and downward movement (creep speed). Here the bite block
must be deflected in such a way that the creep speed is effective in the
relevant direction (observe green arrows). The PWM index values are
set correctly if:
● the drive runs at approximately the same speed in both directions
● the drive spontaneously starts without jolting and concurrent to key
actuation
● the travel speed does not exceed 5 mm/s.

Symbol on the Easypad Status Meaning


Patient symbol key 1 (G) visible Occlusal bite block con-
nected
not visible Occlusal bite block not con-
nected

Field Parameters Range of values


1 U (upward travel) 1U – 15U* – 35U
2 D (downward travel) 1D – 20D* – 35D

* factory settings

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 197
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Adjusting and saving the PWM index 1. Call service routine S018.10.
values
Ä The PWM index for upward travel "U" (up) is displayed in field
1.
Ä The PWM index for downward travel "D" (down) is displayed in
field 2.
Ä The display of patient symbol key 1 (G) indicates whether or not
the occlusal bite block is connected (see table).
2. Select the desired index values using the arrow keys in fields 1 and
2 (see table).
3. To save the index values, first press the Memory key (the R key
lights up) and then the R key.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
198 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.15 S020: Service for temple support


SR* SA** Function
S020 Service for temple support
S020.1 yes Programming the switching thresholds of the temple support

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S020: Test step 1

Programming the switching thresholds of the temple support


This service routine can be used to change the factory-set switching
points of the temple width measurement used for setting the jaw width
("small", "normal" or "large") within certain limits.
The following drawing shows the motor position values (initial and
individual offset ranges) as well as the mechanical end stops of the
temple support.

The switch-over point between large ↔ normal is referred to as the


lower switch-over point (marked L = Lower) and the switch-over point
between normal ↔ small as the upper switch-over point (marked U =
Upper).
These switch-over points can be adjusted with service routine S020.1.

Field Parameters Range of values


1 S -10...0*...+5
2 U -5...0*...+13

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S020.1.
Ä After selecting the service routine, the lower switching point in
field 1 is displayed in the form "L: 0". The upper switching point
is displayed in field 2 in the form "U: 0".

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 199
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

2. Use the arrow keys (A, B) in the corresponding field to select the
required offset for the switching point (see table).

IMPORTANT
A negative offset shifts the respective switching point toward larger
skulls; a positive offset has the opposite effect.

3. Save the setting.


4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
200 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.16 S021: Service for the packing position


SR* SA** Function
S021 Service for packing position
S021.3 No Initiate the packing position for the diaphragm
S021.4 No Initiate the packing position for the sensor unit

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S021: Test step 3

Initiate the packing position for the diaphragm


1. Call service routine S021.3.
Ä An inactive progress indicator in field 1 and the message FFFF
in field 2 signal that the system is ready to move the diaphragm.
2. Touch the T key (A).

Ä The diaphragm is moved to the packing position.


During this time, a progress indicator is displayed.
Ä When the packing position is reached, "0000" is displayed in
field 2.
3. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S021: Test step 4

Initiate the packing position for the sensor unit


1. Call service routine S021.4.
Ä An inactive progress indicator in field 1 and the message
"FFFF" in field 2 signal that the system is ready to move the
sensor unit.
2. Touch the T key (A).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 201
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä The sensor unit is moved to the packing position.


During this time, a progress indicator is displayed.
Ä When the packing position is reached, "0000" is displayed in
field 2.
3. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
202 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.17 S032: Sensor test


SR* SA** Function
S032 Sensor test
S032.10 No Self-test of pan image data path
S032.50 No Self-test of 3D image data path

[Link] S032: Test step 10

Self-test of pan image data path


1. Call service routine S032.10.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, "PAN Test" is
displayed in field 1.
2. Press the T key.
Ä The pan image data path is tested.

Ä If the image data path is OK, "Success" is displayed in field 1.


3. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S032: Test step 50

Self-test of the FP (3D) image data path


1. Call service routine S032.50.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, "3D Test" is
displayed in field 1.
2. Touch the T key (B).
Ä The 3D image data path is tested.

Ä If the image data path is OK, "Success" is displayed in field 1.


3. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 203
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] Possible results of self-test and troubleshooting measures


"Success" The self-test was successfully executed. No errors were detected in the
image data path.
"Timeout" The self-test could not be completed within 20 seconds.
"Unknown" The self-test was canceled with an error that could not be localized.
"Prep" An error occurred during the activation of the exposure for the self-test.
If no further error messages (see title bar of Easypad) occur, please
implement the following tests and measures:
● Check connecting cable L83 between board DX1 and the sensor
unit.
● Replace board DX11
● Replace sensor unit
If error messages are present, please implement the measures
according to the displayed error message.
"Transfer" Minimal image data was received by the sensor unit during the self test.
If no further error messages (see title bar of Easypad) occur, please
implement the following tests and measures:
● Check connecting cable L83 between board DX1 and the sensor
unit.
● Replace board DX11
● Replace sensor unit
If error messages are present, please implement the measures
according to the displayed error message.
"Command" A timeout occurred at the sensor unit during a command on the DX11
exposure. If no further error messages (see title bar of Easypad) occur,
please implement the following tests and measures:
● Restart unit perform self test once again.
If the error re-occurs:
● Check connecting cable L83 between board DX1 and the sensor
unit.
● Replace board DX11
● Replace sensor unit
If error messages are present, please implement the measures
according to the displayed error message.

67 30 704 D3644
204 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.18 S033: Test of ceph image path (for ceph units only)
SR* SA** Function
S033 Test of the ceph image path
S033.10 No Test of the ceph image path

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S033: Test step 10

Signal tests for sensor in ceph slot

Field Parameters Function


1 HSIC4x4 Sensor in ceph mode with synchro-
nized readout sequence 4x4 clocked
out without ceph scan
HSIC4x4M Sensor in ceph mode with synchro-
nized readout sequence 4x4 clocked
out with ceph scan

1. Call service routine S033.10.


Ä After test step 10 is selected, field 1 displays the current
selection for synchronized readout sequence.
2. Use the arrow keys (A) in field 1 to select the mode of the required
synchronized readout sequence (see table).

Ä Once the mode for the synchronized readout sequence has


been selected, the T key (B) lights up.

IMPORTANT
If parameter "HSIC4x4M" is selected:
If the R key should light up first, the sensor holder must first be moved
to the corresponding position. To do so, touch the R key (C).

3. Touch the T key (B).


Ä The synchronized readout sequence is activated.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 205
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä The result of the synchronized readout sequence is displayed:


4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
206 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] Explanations on the test procedure


The synchronized readout sequence of the sensor is performed with
real data transmissions and CAN bus commands.
The image data are analyzed in the memory of the DX11.
It is possible to evaluate the LEDs on DX1 (image, ceph) during the
synchronized readout sequence.

Image LED V501 LED is lit Synchronized readout sequence


active
LED not lit Standby mode

Ceph LED V502 LED is lit Sensor unit available / standby mode
LED not lit Sensor unit not available / standby mode
LED not lit Sensor unit available / synchronized readout se-
quence active

In addition, "wiggle tests" of cables or ring rotation tests can also be


performed.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 207
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] Possible results of self-test and troubleshooting measures


"Success" The self-test was successfully executed. No errors were detected in the
image data path.
"Timeout" The self-test could not be completed within 20 seconds.
"Unknown" The self-test was canceled with an error that could not be localized.
"Prep" An error occurred during the activation of the exposure for the self-test.
If no further error messages (see title bar of Easypad) occur, please
implement the following tests and measures:
● Check connecting cable L83 between board DX1 and the sensor
unit.
● Replace board DX11
● Replace sensor unit
If error messages are present, please implement the measures
according to the displayed error message.
"Transfer" Minimal image data was received by the sensor unit during the self test.
If no further error messages (see title bar of Easypad) occur, please
implement the following tests and measures:
● Check connecting cable L83 between board DX1 and the sensor
unit.
● Replace board DX11
● Replace sensor unit
If error messages are present, please implement the measures
according to the displayed error message.
"Command" A timeout occurred at the sensor unit during a command on the DX11
exposure. If no further error messages (see title bar of Easypad) occur,
please implement the following tests and measures:
● Restart unit perform self test once again.
If the error re-occurs:
● Check connecting cable L83 between board DX1 and the sensor
unit.
● Replace board DX11
● Replace sensor unit
If error messages are present, please implement the measures
according to the displayed error message.

67 30 704 D3644
208 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.19 S034: Service for the digital cephalometer


SR* SA** Function
S034 Service for the digital cephalometer
S034.4 No Calibrating / displaying he center position of ceph scan sensor axis
S034.5 No Display/calibrate center position of ceph scan secondary diaphragm
axis
S034.6 No Moving to the ceph packing position
S034.8 No User-specific determination of the shadowing limit for C1 and C2
S034.9 No User-specific determination of the shadowing limit for C3 and C3
30x23
S034.10 No Set feed force of the ceph secondary diaphragm

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S034: Test step 4

Calibrating / displaying he center position of ceph scan sensor axis


Tip: Move the unit to a comfortable working height with the Up/Down
keys on the Easypad before commencing calibration of the sensor axis.
When the service routine is called, it is not possible to adjust the height
of the unit.
1. Use the Up/Down keys (A) on the Easypad to move the unit up and
down.
2. Detach the cover to the cephalometer.
3. Call service routine S034.4.

Ä After selecting the service routine, the current offset value for
the center position of the ceph scan sensor axis is displayed in
field 1.
4. Touch the T key (A).
Ä The test mode is activated.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 209
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä In the test mode, travel to the center position of the ceph scan
sensor axis is initially performed without offsets. The T key
lights up and indicates the test mode.
5. Move the sensor to its front position by touching the R key (B). The
sensor can always be moved back and forth between its front and
center positions with the R key.
6. Move the sensor to its center position by touching the R key.

7. Measure distances L2 and L1 with a slide gage.

67 30 704 D3644
210 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 211
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

A Room side
B Wall side
C Ceph arm mounted on left-hand side
D Ceph arm mounted on right-hand side
E Sensor side

8. Calculate the offset value according to the following formula:


For left-side arm: (L2 - L1) ÷ 2 = offset value
For right-side arm: (L1 - L2) ÷ 2 = offset value
9. Use the arrow keys (C) in field 1 to select an offset value.
The offset value may have a positive or negative sign.
For left-side arm:
A positive offset value shifts the sensor in room direction.
A negative offset value shifts the sensor in wall direction.
For right-side arm:
A positive offset value shifts the sensor in wall direction.
A negative offset value shifts the sensor in room direction.
Since the offset value can be set only in steps of 500 (500 = 0.5
mm), set a value that is as close as possible to your calculated
value.
10. Save the setting.
11. Touch the T key (A).
Ä The test mode is deactivated again.
Ä The offset settings are taken into account in normal operation.
12. Move the sensor to its reference position by touching the R key (B).
The sensor can always be moved back and forth between its front
and center positions with the R key.
13. Measure distances L1 and L2 with a slide gage and calculate the
remaining offset as described.
Ä If the offset is still > ± 0.5 mm, the offset value must be
corrected again. To do so, repeat this service routine.
Ä If the offset is < ± 0.5 mm, the calibration is OK.
14. Exit the service routine.
15. Reattach the cover to the cephalometer.

[Link] S034: Test step 5

Display/calibrate center position of ceph scan secondary diaphragm


axis
1. If not already done, detach the cover to the cephalometer.
2. Call service routine S034.5.

67 30 704 D3644
212 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä After selecting the service routine, the current offset value for
the center position of the ceph scan secondary diaphragm axis
is displayed in field 1.
3. Touch the T key (A).
Ä The test mode is activated.

Ä In the test mode, travel to the center position of the ceph scan
secondary diaphragm axis is initially performed without offsets.
The T key lights up and indicates the test mode.
4. Move the secondary diaphragm to its front position by touching the
R key (B). The secondary diaphragm can always be moved back
and forth between its front and center positions with the R key.
5. Move the secondary diaphragm to its center position by touching
the R key.

6. Measure distances L2 and L1 with a slide gage.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 213
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

67 30 704 D3644
214 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

A Room side
B Wall side
C Ceph arm mounted on left-hand side
D Ceph arm mounted on right-hand side
E Secondary diaphragm side

7. Calculate the offset value according to the following formula:


For left-side arm: (L2 - L1) ÷ 2 = offset value
For right-side arm: (L1 - L2) ÷ 2 = offset value
8. Use the arrow keys (C) in field 1 to select an offset value.
The offset value may have a positive or negative sign.
For left-side arm:
A positive offset value shifts the sensor in room direction.
A negative offset value shifts the sensor in wall direction.
For right-side arm:
A positive offset value shifts the sensor in wall direction.
A negative offset value shifts the sensor in room direction.
Since the offset value can be set only in steps of 500 (500 = 0.5
mm), set a value that is as close as possible to your calculated
value.
9. Save the setting.
10. Touch the T key (A).
Ä The test mode is deactivated again.
Ä The offset settings are taken into account in normal operation.
11. Move the secondary diaphragm to its reference position by touching
the R key (B). The secondary diaphragm can always be moved
back and forth between its front and center positions with the R key.
12. Measure distances L1 and L2 with a slide gage and calculate the
remaining offset as described.
Ä If the offset is still > ± 0.5 mm, the offset value must be
corrected again. To do so, repeat this service routine.
Ä If the offset is < ± 0.5 mm, the calibration is OK.
13. Exit the service routine.
14. Reattach the cover to the cephalometer.

[Link] S034: Test step 6

Moving to the ceph packing position


1. Call service routine S034.6.
Ä After calling the service routine, an inactive progress indicator is
displayed in field 1. Field 2 shows the characters "FFFF".
2. Touch the T key (A).
Ä The cephalometer moves to the packing position. The
procedure is visualized by an active progress indicator in field 1.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 215
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä When the cephalometer has reached its packing position,


"0000" is displayed in field 2.
3. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S034: Test step 8

User-specific determination of the shadowing limit for C1 and C2


For ceph programs C1 and C2, the default setting of the shadowing limit
can be assigned an individual offset. In this way the shadowing can be
shifted within certain limits.

C1 / C2

+30.000mm

A
-15.000mm

A Shadowing limit

The offset must be determined by reference to an existing exposure.


Based on the default setting, an offset in the range of +30,000 μm to
-15,000 μm can be selected and saved.
1. Call service routine S034.8.

67 30 704 D3644
216 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

Ä The current offset value is displayed in field 1.

2. Select the desired offset value using the arrow keys (A) in field 1
(step width = 500, offset value = 1000 corresponds to a 1 mm shift
of the shadowing limit).
Ä Once the required setting has been selected, the Memory key
(B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S034: Test step 9

User-specific determination of the shadowing limit for C3 and C3 F


For ceph programs C3 and C3F, the default setting of the shadowing
limit can be assigned an individual offset. In this way the shadowing can
be shifted within certain limits.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 217
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

C3 / C3F

+15.000mm
A

-30.000mm

A Shadowing limit

The offset must be determined by reference to an existing exposure.


Based on the default setting, an offset in the range of +15,000 μm to
-30,000 μm can be selected and saved.
1. Call service routine S034.9.
Ä The current offset value is displayed in field 1.

67 30 704 D3644
218 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

2. Select the desired offset value using the arrow keys (A) in field 1
(step width = 500, offset value = 1000 corresponds to a 1 mm shift
of the shadowing limit).
Ä Once the required setting has been selected, the Memory key
(B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

[Link] S034: Test step 10

Set feed force of the ceph secondary diaphragm


This service routine is used to set the feed force of the ceph secondary
diaphragm.
To ensure that, for safety reasons, the feed force of the ceph secondary
diaphragm stays within the range of 95 - 120 N when travelling from the
room side to the wall side, the feed force must be measured and
readjusted with this service routine.

For this purpose, a suitable loop (e.g. cable tie) is placed around the
secondary diaphragm and connected to the pull-out of the force gauge,
and the force gauge is held supported against the ceph arm. The drive
is then blocked by the loop and the peak feed force value is read off on
the force gauge.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 219
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

1. Call service routine S034.10.


Ä After the service routine has been called, the currently set
motor force is displayed as a percentage in field 1 [50 - 100%].
2. Press the R key (A).
Ä The secondary diaphragm is moved to the room-side start
position.
Ä The +/- keys (C) are displayed
3. Secure the force gauge on the ceph arm and place the loop around
the secondary diaphragm.

4. Press the T key (B) to activate the measurement run mode.


Ä The T key (B) lights up orange. (The T key only turns orange if
the secondary diaphragm was moved to the room-side start
position with the R key beforehand. After a measurement run,
the measurement run mode is automatically deactivated again,
i.e. the T key turns white again.)
5. Press the R key (A) to start the measurement run.
Ä The drive is blocked by the loop of the force gauge. The peak
force value is displayed by the force gauge.

6. Adjust the feed force with the –/+ keys (C). If the measured peak
force value is greater than 120 N, reduce the value to 110 - 120 N.
If the measured peak force value is within the range of
95 - 120 N, leave the value unchanged and continue with step 8.
Ä After changing the value, the Memory key (D) lights up orange.
7. Press the Memory key (D) to apply the value.
Ä The progress bar below field 1 indicates the saving process.

Ä The R key (A) lights up orange.


8. Press the R key (A) to finish the saving process.
9. Repeat the measurement (steps 2 to 8) until the force is within the
range of 95 - 120 N.

67 30 704 D3644
220 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

10. Remove the force gauge and the loop around the secondary
diaphragm.
11. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 221
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

7.1.20 S037: Network service


SR* SA** Function
S037 Network service
S037.1 No Displaying the network data
S037.2 yes Setting the default IP address, default gateway address and default
subnet mask
S037.3 yes Configuring boot mode: DYNAMIC (DHCP/AutoIP) / STATIC (fixed
address)
S037.4 yes Manual input of static network settings (IP address, default gateway
address, and subnet mask)

* SR=service routine, ** SA=security access

[Link] S037: Test step 1

Displaying the network data


If all network data is set to default, the system is in UDP boot mode.

Symbol on the Easypad Status Meaning


Patient symbol key 1 (A) lit The IP address is displayed in
field 1*
Patient symbol key 2 (B) lit The default gateway is dis-
played in field 1
Patient symbol key 3 (C) lit The subnet mask is displayed in
field 1

* factory settings

Field Parameter/Display Meaning


1 IP address, default gateway, or subnet mask of the
unit
2 default Fixed address*
static Fixed address, modified set-
ting
dynamic Automatic address assign-
ment

* factory settings

67 30 704 D3644
222 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

1. Call service routine S037.1.


Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the IP address of
the unit is displayed in field 1 (see table).
Ä "Default", or "static" or "dynamic" is displayed in field 2 (see
table).
2. You can display various items of network data in field 1 by pressing
the patient symbol keys (A, B, or C) (see table).
Ä The patient symbol key selected in each case lights up.
3. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 223
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S037: Test step 2

Setting the default IP address, default gateway address and default


subnet mask

IMPORTANT
Resetting of the network address to the factory setting (default value)
is only possible in fixed address boot mode (STATIC or no DHCP).

Symbol on the Easypad Status Meaning


Patient symbol key 1 (A) lit The IP address is displayed in
field 1*
Patient symbol key 2 (B) lit The default gateway is dis-
played in field 1
Patient symbol key 3 (C) lit The subnet mask is displayed in
field 1

1. Call service routine S037.2.


Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the network data is
displayed as in test step 1 [→ 222].
Ä The Memory key and the R key also become visible.
Ä The Memory key lights up.
2. Use the patient symbol keys (A, B, or C) to check the network data
existing in the system prior to the restore operation (see table).
Ä The patient symbol key selected in each case lights up.

3. To reset the network data, press the Memory key (E) (R key lights
up) followed by the R key (F).
Ä The default network data (factory default setting) is displayed.
To toggle the display of the various items of network data,
proceed as in test step 1 [→ 222].
4. Exit the service routine.
5. Perform a restart of the unit.

67 30 704 D3644
224 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S037: Test step 3

Configuring boot mode

Field Parameters Meaning


1 DYNAMIC Automatic address assignment
(DHCP/AutoIP)
STATIC Fixed address*

* factory settings
1. Call service routine S037.3.
Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the current boot
mode of the unit is displayed in field 1.

2. Use arrow keys (A) to select the required boot mode "automatic
address assignment" (DYNAMIC) or "fixed address" (STATIC) in
field 1 (see table).
Ä The Memory key (B) lights up.
3. Save the setting.
4. Exit the service routine.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 225
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

[Link] S037: Test step 4

Manual input of static network settings (IP address, default gateway


address, and subnet mask)
This service routine cannot run in DYNAMIC mode (T key is blocked).

Symbol on the Easypad Status Function


Patient symbol key 1 (A) lit The IP address is displayed in
field 1*
or - after pressing the T key -
number pad B1 is selected
Patient symbol key 2 (B) lit The default gateway is dis-
played in field 1
or - after pressing the T key -
number pad B2 is selected
Patient symbol key 3 (C) lit The subnet mask is displayed in
field 1
or - after pressing the T key -
number pad B3 is selected
Patient symbol key 4 (D) or - after pressing the T key -
number pad B4 is selected

* factory settings

Field Parameter/Display Meaning


1 IP address, default gateway, or subnet mask of the
unit
or - after pressing the T key - selected digit
2 default Fixed address*
static Fixed address, modified set-
ting
dynamic Automatic address assign-
ment

* factory settings

67 30 704 D3644
226 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 7 Service routines
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

1. Call service routine S037.4.


Ä Once the service routine has been selected, the IP address of
the unit is displayed in field 1.
Ä "DEFAULT", or "STATIC" or "DYNAMIC" is displayed in field 2
(see table).
2. You can display various items of network data in field 1 by pressing
the patient symbol keys (A, B, or C) (see table).
Ä The patient symbol key selected in each case lights up.
3. To change the selected parameter, first press the T key (E).

4. Now use the patient symbol keys to select the required number pad
1-4 (A-D) (see also table):
A = Number pad B1
B = Number pad B2
C = Number pad B3
D = Number pad B4
Ä The patient symbol key selected in each case lights up.
Ä The digit currently selected for changing is displayed in field 1
("Digit No. 3" in the example).
IMPORTANT: The number of the digit always refers to the
currently selected number pad.
Ä The current value of the corresponding digit is displayed in field
2 ("2" in the example).

5. Use the arrow keys (F) to select the digit to be changed in field 1
("Digit No. 12" in the example).
Ä The corresponding patient symbol key (D) lights up.
Ä Field 2 displays the value of the currently selected digit.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 227
7 Service routines Dentsply Sirona
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

6. To change the value for the digit, use arrow keys (F) in field 2.
Ä The Memory key (G) lights up.
7. Save the setting.
8. Exit the service routine.
9. Perform a restart of the unit.

67 30 704 D3644
228 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
7.1 Perform service routines via the Easypad

8 Repair
Safety during module replacement.
Always observe the following safety information:

DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least 1 minute, or 4
minutes if disconnecting the tube assembly (cable L3/L3A), before
starting the repair or removing a cover!
When replacing parts in the vicinity of the power connection, power
switch, board DX32 or X-ray tube assembly, the unit must be
disconnected from the distribution box of the main building!

CAUTION
Make sure to reattach all ground cables to ensure correct grounding
of all modules.

CAUTION
Product safety
Modifications to this unit which might affect the safety of the system
owner, patients, or other persons are prohibited by law! For reasons
of product safety, this product may be operated only with original
Dentsply Sirona accessories or third-party accessories expressly
approved by Dentsply Sirona. The user is responsible for any damage
resulting from the use of non-approved accessories.

NOTE
Do not damage the cables.
Be careful not to kink the cables when removing or installing them.
Take particular care with fiber-optic cables L6. Tighten cable ties only
until they come in contact with the cables and do not apply force.

IMPORTANT
Create a data backup of the adjustment/calibration data in all cases
before you replace the boards. The data backup is described in the
technical document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.

IMPORTANT
Clean the device after it has been serviced. To do this, use only mild
commercially available cleaning agents (see Operating Instructions).

Important notes about replacing boards

NOTE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 229
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.1 Safety checks

IMPORTANT
After replacing boards or modules containing boards, check to make
sure that the software version of the module corresponds to the
current firmware status of the unit. The software versions of the
modules can be retrieved by running service routine S008.2 [→ 164]
or the Device diagnosis of the Device Manager. You can also check
the info screen in advance to determine whether the current software
constellation is permissible. If this is not the case, the version number
of the main software is labeled with an asterisk (e.g. V06.00.00*).

Connector designations on the boards The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system.
Tip: When pulling off cables, check the connector designations and
label the cables accordingly if necessary.
Prior to replacing boards Create a backup copy of the sensor data before you begin replacing
boards, see technical document "Axeos Software installation,
commissioning and service" (REF 67 30 852).

8.1 Safety checks


Following repair work, a protective conductor test and unit leakage
current test must be carried out (see section Checking the protective
ground wires [→ 344] and Checking the unit leakage current [→ 325]).

67 30 704 D3644
230 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.2 Pan actuators (M1_1/2)

8.2 Pan actuators (M1_1/2)


Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the actuators:

Arm cover [→ 37]

8.2.1 Replacing actuators


Removing the defective actuator 1. Unplug the actuator cable from connector X812 (AK2; M1_2, left) or
X811 (AK1; M1_1, right) on board DX1.

2. If ferrite core (D) is present:


Unscrew the ferrite core from the switch flag.
3. Loosen the cable clamps (E) on the cable harness (F). Release the
G actuator cable from the sheath (G).
D E
E
F
A B
DX1
C

4. Loosen the set screws (A) on the coupling and the two screws (B)
on the actuator holder and pull the actuator including the holder out
toward the rear.
Reusing the motor holder (if required) 1. Loosen the four screws (C) and remove the actuator holder from the
defective motor.
2. Place the new actuator in the holder and fasten it with the four
screws (C).
Installing the new actuator 1. IMPORTANT: Secure the set screws (A) with Loctite 242 before
tightening.
Install the actuator in reverse order of removal.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 231
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.2 Pan actuators (M1_1/2)

2. Plug connectors X811 and X812 back in.


3. Lay the cables back in their original position, see section Laying of
cables when replacing the actuator [→ 233]. Don't forget to reattach
all cable ties and clamps.
Final work 1. Reattach the cover. [→ 37]
2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Check the function of the actuators.
4. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
5. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
6. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
232 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.2 Pan actuators (M1_1/2)

8.2.2 Laying of cables when replacing the actuator


"Oriental" actuators

➢ Lay the cables in a loop and secure them with the cable ties (A).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 233
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.3 Bite block holder

8.3 Bite block holder


Removing covers No covers have to be removed for replacing the bite block holder, the
silicone rings or board DX51 in the bite block holder.

8.3.1 Replacing the bite block holder


Mechanical replacement

1. Loosen the two screws (A) and remove the bite block holder.
2. Unplug the connector of cable L41 from board DX51.
3. Unscrew board DX51 from the front half of the defective bite block
holder and screw board DX51 into the new bite block holder.
4. Plug the connector of cable L41 into the board of the new bite block
holder.
5. Place the bite block holder into the groove of the silicone rings on
the tube bend and fasten it with the two screws (A).
Final work 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
3. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
4. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
234 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.3 Bite block holder

8.3.2 Replacing the silicone rings

1. Loosen the two screws (A) and remove the bite block holder.
2. Unplug the connector of cable L41 from board DX51.
3. For silicone rings that have not yet been cut:
To prevent paint damage on the bracket, pull the old silicone rings
(B) slightly clear and cut through the silicone rings using scissors.
Remove the silicone rings (B).
4. Cut open the new silicone rings at the marking (C) using scissors.
5. Replace the old silicone rings with the new silicone rings with the
markings (D) facing inwards and the cut edge (C) at the back.
6. Align the silicone rings with the recess (E) of the bracket using the
markings (D) on the silicone rings.
7. Place the front half (F) of the bite block holder into the groove in the
silicone rings.
8. Plug the connector of cable L41 back into the board of the bite block
holder.
9. Place the back half (G) of the bite block holder into the groove in the
silicone rings and check whether the outer edges are exactly flush
with the bite block holder.
10. Screw the bite block holder securely with the two screws (A).
Final work 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
3. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
4. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 235
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.3 Bite block holder

8.3.3 Replacing board DX51 in the bite block holder


Mechanical replacement

1. Loosen the two screws (A) and remove the bite block holder.
2. Unplug the connector of cable L41 from the defective board DX51.
3. Unscrew the defective board DX51 from the front half of the
defective bite block holder and screw the new board DX51 into the
new bite block holder.
4. Plug the connector of cable L41 into the board of the new bite block
holder.
5. Place the bite block holder into the groove of the silicone rings on
the tube bend and fasten it with the two screws (A).
Final work 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
3. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
4. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
236 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.4 Diaphragm unit

8.4 Diaphragm unit


IMPORTANT
Only the diaphragm unit of the Axeos may be installed!
Note the dependency of the diaphragm unit on unit serial numbers in
the spare parts list.

IMPORTANT
The diaphragm unit may be replaced only as a complete module.

Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the diaphragm unit
and the board DX61:

Tube assembly cover, Tube assembly cover,


inside [→ 45] outside [→ 45]

8.4.1 Replacing the diaphragm unit


Mechanical replacement 1. Pull cables L11 and L12 off connectors X501 (L11) and X101 (L12)
on board DX61.
2. Pull off the cables L21 (2x) and L20 from the connectors X303,
X304 (L21) and X203 (L20) on board DX61.

3. NOTE! Hold on to the diaphragm while you remove it.


Loosen the screws (A) on the old diaphragm unit and remove it from
the X-ray tube assembly.
4. NOTE! Hold on to the diaphragm while you attach it.
Mount the new diaphragm unit with the screws (A) on the X-ray tube
assembly.
5. NOTE! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before
touching any boards.
Plug cables L20 and L21 back into connectors X203 (L20), X302
(L21) and X303 (L21) on board DX61.
6. Plug cables L11 and L12 back into connectors X501 (L11) and
X101 (L12) on board DX61.
Final work 1. Reattach the covers. [→ 45]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 237
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.4 Diaphragm unit

2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].


3. NOTE! Use the latest selectable software version on the Axeos PC
Software DVD (including firmware).
Perform a firmware update to the current unit software version, see
technical document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning
and service", REF 67 30 852.
4. Switch off the unit.
Wait approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit on again.
Ä All modules are updated in accordance with the configuration.
5. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see section
"Axeos Software installation, commissioning and service", REF 67
30 852.
6. IMPORTANT: Perform an update of the hardware configuration as
part of the acceptance test.
Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
7. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
238 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.5 Cephalometer

8.5 Cephalometer
8.5.1 Replacing the ceph sensor holder
Removing covers No covers have to be removed for replacing the sensor holder.
Mechanical replacement 1. Remove the sensor (A).
2. NOTE! Do not tear off cable L35.
Loosen the three screws (B) and remove the connection socket (C).

3. Detach the cable shield from terminal (D) and the connector screw
E connection (loosen the two screws (E) from the rear) and thread the
connector to the rear through the connection socket.
4. NOTE! Do not forget to reattach the cable shield.
Install the new sensor holder in reverse order of the disassembly.

Final work 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].


2. Perform the ceph unit adjustment, see technical document "Axeos
Software installation, commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852.
3. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
4. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 239
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.5 Cephalometer

8.5.2 Replacing the ceph sensor


Removing covers No covers have to be removed for replacing the ceph sensor.
Mechanical replacement Removal and insertion of the ceph sensor is described in the Operating
Instructions of the unit.
Final work 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. NOTE! Use the latest selectable software version. Please observe
the compatibility list in the dealer area.
Perform a firmware update to the latest unit software version, see
technical document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning
and service", REF 67 30 852.
Ä All modules are updated in accordance with the configuration.
3. Switch off the unit.
Wait approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit on again.
4. Check the ceph unit adjustment using the test exposure "Ceph -
quality control exposure", see technical document "Axeos Software
installation, commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852. If
necessary, perform a ceph unit adjustment.
5. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
6. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
240 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.5 Cephalometer

8.5.3 Replacing board DX91


NOTE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.

IMPORTANT
The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system.

Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing board DX91:

Cover, ceph [→ 47]

Mechanical replacement

1. Unplug all cables from board DX91.


2. Remove the nuts (A) and remove the defective board DX91.
3. Insert the new board DX91 onto the pins (B) and remount the board
DX91 with the nuts (A).
4. Plug the connectors back in again (see also technical document
"Axeos Schaltunterlagen", REF 67 30 902).
Final work 1. Reattach the covers. [→ 47]
2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Call the service menu [→ 145].
4. Call service routine S34 [→ 146].
5. Run service routines S034.4, S034.5 and S034.10.
6. Perform the ceph unit adjustment, see technical document "Axeos
Software installation, commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852.
7. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
8. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 241
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.6 Easypad

8.6 Easypad
8.6.1 Replacing the user interface on the Easypad
Removing covers No covers have to be removed for replacing the user interface.
Mechanical replacement

1. Press into slit A of the housing cover with a screwdriver (do not pry!)
and remove the defective user interface from the Easypad.
2. Pull cables L9 (gray) and L10 (green) off connectors X102 (L9) and
X103 (L10) on board DX7 of the defective user interface.
3. NOTE! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before
touching any boards.
Plug the cables into connectors X102 (L9) and X103 (L10) of board
DX7 of the new user interface.

67 30 704 D3644
242 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.6 Easypad

4. CAUTION! Ensure that the flat-ribbon cable (B) is not crushed,


Clip the new user interface onto the Easypad.
Final work

1. Update the nameplate on the Easypad cover.


To do so, affix the supplied label as shown in the figure.
2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Perform a firmware update to the latest unit version.
IMPORTANT: Never perform a software downgrade.
4. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]
5. Switch on the unit [→ 34] and check that the user interface and the
display elements are functioning correctly: When the unit is
switched on, all of the display elements must light up briefly, see
also Operating Instructions.
6. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 243
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.6 Easypad

8.6.2 Replacing the arm on the Easypad


Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the Easypad arm:

Arm cover [→ 37] Slide cover, bottom rear


[→ 43]

Slide cover, center rear Slide cover, top rear


[→ 43] [→ 43]

Arm cover [→ 47] Support cover, bottom


[→ 44]

Removing Easypad arm

1. Remove the user interface [→ 242].


2. Swing the folding mechanism for the Easypad (A) all the way up.
This makes it easier to remove the cover.
3. Unplug cables L9 and L10 from the sockets (X104 und X302) of
DX1 (see section "Laying cables when replacing the Easypad
[→ 246]".
4. Loosen the cable ties in the unit arm and unclip the cables from the
cable clamps (see section "Laying cables when replacing the
Easypad [→ 246]").
5. Carefully pull the cables downward from the unit.

67 30 704 D3644
244 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.6 Easypad

6. Rotate the Easypad to the center position and loosen the four
screws (B).
7. Remove the arm together with the cables.
Mounting new Easypad arm 1. Screw the new Easypad arm securely to the unit arm with the 4
screws (B).
2. Feed the cables into the unit arm and guide them up to board DX1.
Clip the cables back into the cable clamps and attach new cable
ties (see section "Laying cables when replacing the Easypad
[→ 246]").
3. Plug cables L9 and L10 into the sockets (X302 and X104) on board
DX1 (see section "Laying cables when replacing the Easypad
[→ 246]".
Final work 1. Update the ID label on the board of the user interface. To do so,
adhere the supplied label supplied as shown in the figure.
2. Remount the user interface [→ 242].
3. Reattach the covers. [→ 37]
4. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
5. NOTE! Use the latest selectable software version on the PC
Software DVD (including firmware).
Perform a firmware update to the current unit software version, see
technical document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning
and service", REF 67 30 852.
IMPORTANT: Never perform a software downgrade.
6. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]
7. Switch on the unit [→ 34] and check that the user interface and the
display elements are functioning correctly: When the unit is
switched on, all of the display elements must light up briefly, see
also Operating Instructions.
8. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
9. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 245
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.6 Easypad

8.6.3 Laying cables when replacing the Easypad

A Cable clamps on the stand

67 30 704 D3644
246 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.7 Remote control

8.7 Remote control


Removing covers No covers have to be removed for replacing board DX42.

8.7.1 Replacing board DX42


Removing covers No covers have to be removed for replacing board DX42.
Mechanical replacement 1. Press carefully into the groove (A) from below with the slotted
screwdriver (do not lever).
2. Remove the lid from the chassis.

3. Unscrew the clip (B) from the detective board.


4. Disconnect the control cable L117 from terminal X108 (C).
5. When using the spiral cable:
Loosen the screws on the connector of the spiral cable (D) and
unplug the connector from the socket X101 on board DX42.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 247
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.7 Remote control

DX42

6. Unscrew the 4 screws (B) and remove the defective board DX42.
7. NOTE! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before
touching any boards.
Mount the new board DX42 by following the steps for removal in
reverse order and reattach the chassis. In doing so, observe the
technical document "Axeos Hardware installation instructions", REF
67 30 811.
Final work 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
IMPORTANT: After installing the new board, the first displays are
incorrect. A correct display is possible only after the firmware
update.
2. Perform a firmware update to the latest unit software version, see
technical document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning
and service", REF 67 30 852.
3. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
248 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.8 Sliding block

8.8 Sliding block


Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the sliding block:

Tube assembly cover, Tube assembly cover,


inside [→ 45] outside [→ 45]

Sensor cover [→ 45] Arm, top [→ 37]

Ring cover [→ 38]

8.8.1 Replacing the sliding block


Removing defective sliding block 1. Rotate the ring of the unit so that the tube assembly is on the left
(when viewed from the front).
G G

F G

E
A
G G

2. Unscrew the 4 screws (G) from the motor holder and pull the guide
disk (A) forward and out.
3. Unscrew the 2 screws and remove the switch flag (B).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 249
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.8 Sliding block

4. Unscrew the screw (C) on the slotted link (D) (only this screw!).

5. Lift the slotted link (D) at the unscrewed screw (D).


6. Pull out the sliding block/limit stop (E).

Installing new sliding block ➢ IMPORTANT: Be sure that the guide disk is positioned correctly
when installing the sliding block. Introduce the guide disk (A) into
the groove on the unit.
Fit the new sliding block into the device. The installation is
performed by following the steps for removal in reverse order.

Final work 1. Reattach the covers. [→ 38]


2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Perform a functional check of the ring rotation with a test cycle:
– Select exposure program P1.
– Select the test cycle using the T-key and run the test cycle by
pressing the release button.
– Select exposure program VOL4.
– Select the test cycle using the T-key and run the test cycle by
pressing the release button.

67 30 704 D3644
250 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.8 Sliding block

4. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see section


"Axeos Software installation, commissioning and service", REF 67
30 852.
5. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
6. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 251
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle


8.9.1 Preparing for motor replacement
Moving slide to suitable Tip: If the height adjustment motor is inoperative, you can also move the
operating position slide manually [→ 252].
1. Switch on the unit.
2. Move the slide upward using the Up/Down keys on the Easypad.
3. Switch the unit off again.
Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the height
adjustment motor:

Arm cover [→ 37] Stand covers [→ 37]

Slide cover, front [→ 43] Slide cover, bottom rear


[→ 43]

Spindle cover [→ 37] Intermediate piece [→ 37]

Slide cover, center rear Slide cover, top rear


[→ 43] [→ 43]

[Link] Moving the slide manually

WARNING
Center of gravity
Injury due to uncontrolled movement of the slide
➢ Secure the position of the slide with the height adjustment service
kit.
➢ Make sure that no one is located underneath the ring arm during
the repair.

If the slide can no longer be moved electrically, it must be moved


mechanically.
Height adjustment service kit You must lock the slide in position to prevent the risk of the carriage
plummeting downward during service work if the self-locking function
does not fully engage. Dentsply Sirona recommends the Height
adjustment service kit for this, REF. 62 57 518. This service kit is used
to prevent automatic downward movement of the slide during service by
fixing the slide and the spindle holder.
Fix the clamp (A) securely underneath the slide. The locking pin (B) is
used to secure the spindle holder against twisting.

67 30 704 D3644
252 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

[Link].1 Moving the slide with the "height adjustment" service kit, REF. 62 57
518“
Moving slide 1. Insert the clamp through the opening (A) in the stand and rotate it
90°. Tighten the nut securely.

2. Remove the 1st screw (E) on the spindle holder (F).

F
E

3. Insert the locking pin (B) into this opening.


4. Remove the 2nd screw (E) on the spindle holder.
5. Attach the socket wrench (SW19) to the spindle. Remove the
locking pin and then turn the slide up to the desired height using the
socket wrench.
Clockwise rotation of spindle = slide moves up
Counterclockwise rotation of spindle = slide moves down
6. Reinsert the locking pin.

Locking the slide ➢ Now move the clamp (A) directly underneath the slide.
Ä The slide is now locked in this position for further repair work.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 253
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

[Link].2 Moving the slide without the "height adjustment" service kit, REF. 62
57 518“
Moving slide 1. Loosen the first of the two screws (E) on the spindle holder (F).

F
E

2. Attach the socket wrench (SW19) to the spindle. Hold it firmly in


place while you unscrew the second of the two screws (E).
CAUTION! If the socket wrench has to be reset, secure the spindle
holder against turning, e.g. by using a screw.
3. Rotate the spindle holder using a socket wrench (SW19) to move
the slide to the required height.
Clockwise rotation of spindle = slide moves up
Counterclockwise rotation of spindle = slide moves down
4. After reaching the desired target position, secure the position again
using the two screws (E).
CAUTION! Before replacing the height adjustment motor, the slide
must be secured in this position.

67 30 704 D3644
254 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

8.9.2 Removing the power supply unit (board DX32)


NOTE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.

IMPORTANT
The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system.

1. Unscrew the bracket (C). The bracket (C) is located in front of the
power supply unit (board DX32).
2. Move the stand to a height of 1260 (control panel display).
3. DANGER! Potentially lethal shock hazard! Disconnect the unit from
the junction box of the building installation.

4. Remove the cable ties (A) from cable L2.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 255
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

5. Loosen all the left-hand screws (B) of the protective plates (E).
6. Unscrew the remaining screws from the protective plates (E).
7. Remove the covering plates (E) (top and bottom) from the
connection box (F) of the power supply unit (board DX32).

8. The cable L3 can stay on the top covering plate (E).


9. Disconnect connector X2 from the power supply unit (board DX32)
and remove the protective conductor.
10. Remove cable L2 from terminal X100 and pull it downwards from
out of the connection box (F).
11. Disconnect connector X1 from the power supply unit (board DX32).
12. Loosen the two screws (G) on the left.
13. Loosen the two screws on the right (I) and remove the connection
box including the power supply unit (board DX32).

8.9.3 Replacing the height adjustment motor/spindle


Removing the spindle 1. Loosen the two screws (E) on the spindle holder (F) (if you have not
already done so) [→ 252].

67 30 704 D3644
256 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

2. Turn spindle holder (D) (with an 18 mm A/F socket wrench)


counterclockwise until the motor comes to rest on the limit stop and
spindle (L) has been turned all the way out of the motor.
3. Remove the straight pin (K).
4. Remove the spindle (L).
Tip: First, pull spindle (L) downward along the motor, and then
diagonally upward and out of the unit.

Removing the defective motor 1. Pull the pulse generator cable connector X402 off board DX1.
2. Detach the motor cable from the cable harness and carefully pull it
out of the stand.
3. Pull the motor connecting cable off of the filter.
4. Loosen the three screws (M).
5. Remove the motor while carefully pulling the motor cable out of the
stand.

Inserting the dampers ➢ Attach the new rubber pads (N) to the new motor.
They are included in the scope of supply of a new HA motor.

Installing the new motor Install the height adjustment motor in the reverse order of removal. In
doing so, also observe section Laying of cables when replacing the
height adjustment motor [→ 259].
Please observe the following:
Nuts: When fastening the motor, make sure that all three screws are
tightened uniformly and protrude approx. 3 mm out of the nut.
Acorn nuts: If acorn nuts have been installed in the unit, turn the acorn
nuts to the end stop.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 257
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

CAUTION! Do not forget to reattach all connectors or cables, route


them in their original position and reattach all cable ties and cable
clamps. Make sure that none of the cables are crushed by the cover
plates of the DX32 connection box.
Remounting spindle With the "height adjustment" service kit
1. After reinstalling the spindle, screw the first of the two screws (E)
back into the spindle holder.
2. Then remove the locking pin and screw in the second of the two
screws (E).
3. Attach the cover (D).
4. Remove the clamp (A).
5. Only then should you check the travel function of the slide.
Without the "height adjustment" service kit
1. Attach the spindle holder (F) with the two screws (E).
2. Attach the cover (D).
3. Reattach the upper limit stop to the previously marked position.
4. Only then should you check the travel function of the slide.
Final work 1. After inserting the new spindle above and below the height
adjustment motor, grease it thoroughly with Chesterton 622.
2. Reattach the covers. [→ 37]
3. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
4. Use the Up/Down keys on the user interface to check the function
of the height adjustment motor.
5. Reset the travel height [→ 186].
6. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
258 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

8.9.4 Laying of cables when replacing the height adjustment


motor
1. Plug connector X2 (O) into the power supply unit (board DX32).
2. Connect the protective conductor (P) and lay it as shown in the
photo.

3. Attach cable L2 first to the lower strain relief and then to the upper
strain relief (Q) of the power supply unit (board DX32).
4. Connect cable L2 to the power supply unit (board DX32) (R) and
attach the protective conductor (S).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 259
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

5. Run cable L3 (T) and the motor cable (U) around the height
adjustment motor.

67 30 704 D3644
260 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.9 Height adjustment motor (M1_4)/spindle

6. Lay the motor cable in the cable harness (V) on the rear of the unit
and secure in position with the cable clamps.
7. Route the cable into the arm.
IMPORTANT: The green mark must lie in the recess (X).
8. Plug connector X402 (W) into board DX1.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 261
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.10 Cable

8.10 Cable
CAUTION
Switch the unit off before you start replacing cables or removing
connectors.

NOTE
Be careful not to twist the cables or kink the fiber-optic light guides
when installing them.

Always check the cables before replacing them [→ 133].


The cables are labeled with small flags. They specify the designation
and part number of the cable. The plugs and sockets on the cables are
designated both on the boards and cables. Check the designation when
you pull off the cables.
Some cables feature markings of green adhesive tape. Mark the
corresponding positions on the unit before removing an old cable. Lay
the new cable so that the cable markings again come to rest at the
corresponding positions marked on the unit while removing the old
cable.
An overview of all cables can be found in technical document "Axeos
Schaltunterlagen", REF 67 30 902.

8.10.1 Replacing energy chain 1 completely


DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
➢ Before you remove the energy chain, switch off the power supply.

Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the energy chain 1:

Support cover, bottom Intermediate piece cover


[→ 44] [→ 37]

Profile covers, top and


bottom [→ 37]

Mechanical replacement 1. Remove the cable ties from the defective energy chain 1.
2. Disconnect cable L1 from switch S1.
3. Disconnect cable L1 from the ground point (F).

67 30 704 D3644
262 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.10 Cable

4. Loosen the two screws (A).

5. If not present:
Mark the position of the screw (B) on the stand.
6. Make a note of the position of the screw (B) for when you later
install the new energy chain 1.
7. Loosen the screw (B) on the defective energy chain 1.

8. Remove the power cable from terminal K1.


9. Unscrew the mains filter plate.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 263
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.10 Cable

10. Remove the cable covers (I) and (J) of the right-hand cable duct.
11. Remove the defective energy chain 1 along with the power filter
plate from the stand.

12. NOTE! Note the rolling direction of the energy chain.


Route the new energy chain 1 up to the stand from its base.
13. Insert new energy chain 1 in the stand.

IMPORTANT
Possible assembly errors
The one end piece has been removed to make the new energy chain
easier to lay .
The missing end piece is enclosed.
➢ Attach this end piece to the energy chain only when the energy
chain has been laid in the stand.

14. Screw down the mains filter plate.


15. Screw the new energy chain down in the position (marking) of the
old energy chain.

67 30 704 D3644
264 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.10 Cable

16. Screw the power cable (A) to the terminal K1 and the strain relief.
17. Route the external PE cable (B) over the mains filter plate through
the ferrite core twice (C) (two hoses).
18. Screw the external PE cable (B) down on the ground bolts (D).

Final work 1. Reattach the covers. [→ 37]


2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Use the Up/Down keys on the user interface to check the function
of the height adjustment motor.
4. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 265
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.11 Headrest

8.11 Headrest
Removing covers No covers have to be removed for replacing the headrest.

8.11.1 Replacing the headrest


Removing defective headrest

1. Hold the headrest firmly from below, loosen screw (A), and remove
the defective headrest.
Tip: To remove the headrest, you must tilt it slightly.
2. Pull cable L18 off connector X1 on board DX5 .
Installing the new headrest 1. Plug cable L18 into connector X1 on board DX5 of the new
headrest (see also section Laying of cables when replacing the
headrest [→ 267]).
2. Position the new headrest in the unit and screw it on loosely with
the screw (A) until a slight stop is perceptible.
Aligning the new headrest 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Switch the light localizers on and align the headrest so that the MS
light beam strikes the center of the forehead support.
3. IMPORTANT: Make sure that the headrest does not turn when you
tighten the screw. Tighten the screw (A).
Final work 1. Use the forehead and temple support keys on the touchscreen to
check the function of the headrest.
2. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
266 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.11 Headrest

8.11.2 Laying of cables when replacing the headrest

➢ Plug cable L18 into connector X1 on board DX5.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 267
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.12 Laser light localizers

8.12 Laser light localizers


CAUTION
Risk of injury to eyes.
The unit contains lasers of Class 1.
Keep a distance of at least 4" (10 cm) between eye and laser. Do not
look into the laser beam.

8.12.1 FH laser light localizer (Pan)


Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing and adjusting the
FH laser light localizer:

Arm cover [→ 37] Slide cover, bottom rear


[→ 43]

Slide cover, center Slide cover, top rear [→ 43]


rear [→ 43]

Slide cover, front


[→ 43]

67 30 704 D3644
268 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.12 Laser light localizers

[Link] Replacing the laser module in the FH (Pan) laser light localizer
Removing laser module

D X1

B
C

D A
B
D

1. Release the FH-Laser cable from the cable clamps on the stand
and carefully pull the cable out of the device (see also section
Laying of cables when replacing the laser localizers [→ 278]).
2. Loosen the screws (A) and (B).
3. Remove the holder together with the laser module (FH) and cable.
4. Loosen the screws (B) and carefully pull out the laser module (C)
from the holder toward the front.
Installing new laser module 1. Insert the new laser module (FH) into the holder and retighten the
screws (B).

IMPORTANT
Make sure that the lines in the laser module run vertically.

2. Screw the holder securely back onto the cover with screws (A) and
reattach the strain reliefs.
3. Place the "Front slide" cover on the "Top support" cover.
4. Lay the FH-Laser cable and the L78-1 and L78-2 cables back in the
unit (see section Laying of cables when replacing the laser
localizers [→ 278]).
5. Plug the L78-1 (X1503), L78-2 (X1501) and FH-Laser (607) cables
back into the sockets on board DX1 (see section Laying of cables
when replacing the laser localizers [→ 278]).
6. Now adjust the FH laser localizer (pan) [→ 270].
Final work ➢ Reattach the covers. [→ 37]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 269
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.12 Laser light localizers

[Link] Adjusting the FH laser light localizers (pan)


1. Insert the forehead and temple supports.
2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Touch the Pan symbol at the top of the touchscreen.
Ä The Pan program group is selected.

4. Touch the R key on the touchscreen.


Ä The unit moves to its starting position for Pan exposures.
5. Affix a piece of white cardboard between the temple supports.

6. Rotate the mirror by pressing into the left depression (D) of the
toolbar.
7. Touch the light localizer key (E) on the touchscreen.
Ä The light localizers are switched on.
Ä The laser beam is displayed on the cardboard by a red line.
Ä The horizontal laser beam (G) must be displayed horizontally. If
this is not the case, adjust the laser light localizer.

8. Slightly loosen the screws (F) of the laser module and align the
laser module FH (pan) so that the horizontal laser beam is
displayed horizontally.
9. Retighten the screws (F) of the laser module.
10. Switch the laser light localizers off again.
D X1 11. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
270 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.12 Laser light localizers

8.12.2 FH laser light localizer (Ceph)


Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing and adjusting the
ceph laser module:

Cover of ceph cover Ceph secondary di-


[→ 47] aphragm cover, outer
[→ 48]

IMPORTANT
Do not under any circumstances remove or move the secondary
diaphragm!
Otherwise the system will require readjustment and recalibration.

[Link] Replacing the ceph laser module in the FH laser light localizer
(ceph)
1. Unplug the cable of the Ceph laser module from connector X407 on
board DX91 and detach the cable from the cable ties and holders
(B).

2. Loosen the screw (A) and remove the FH laser module (Ceph).
3. Insert the new laser module (FH) and retighten screw (A).

IMPORTANT
Make sure that the lines in the laser module run vertically.

4. Plug the cable of the FH laser module back into connector X407 on
board DX91.
5. Lay the cable in its original position and secure it there with cable
ties.
6. Reattach the cover "Cephalometer cover" [→ 47].
7. Next, adjust the FH laser light localizer (ceph) [→ 272].

Final work ➢ Reattach the covers. [→ 47]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 271
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.12 Laser light localizers

[Link] Adjusting the FH laser light localizer (Ceph)


1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Touch the Ceph symbol at the top of the touchscreen.
Ä The Ceph program group is selected.
3. Touch the R key on the touchscreen.
Ä The diaphragm and the sensor move into the starting position
for Ceph exposures.

4. Touch the light localizer key on the touchscreen.


Ä The light localizers are switched on.
Ä The FH laser beam (D) must run horizontally between the ear
plugs (tolerance: ± 1.5 mm).
5. Firmly tighten the screws (F) of the laser module.

F
60 70 80 90 100 110 120

6. Align the Ceph (FH) laser module so that FH light beam (D) runs
horizontally between the ear plugs (tolerance: ± 1.5 mm).
7. NOTE! Ensure that you do not turn the laser module while
tightening the screws.
Firmly tighten the screws (F) of the laser module.
8. Check the light localizer again and perform a correction if
necessary.
9. Switch the laser light localizers off again.
10. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
272 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.12 Laser light localizers

8.12.3 MS laser light localizer (pan)


Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing and adjusting the
MS laser localizer:

Arm cover [→ 37] Slide cover, bottom rear


[→ 43]

Slide cover, center rear Slide cover, top rear


[→ 43] [→ 43]

Slide cover, front [→ 43]

[Link] Replacing the laser module in the MS laser light localizer (pan)

DX1
A

1. Unplug the MS-Laser cable from connector X611 on board DX1


(see also section Laying of cables when replacing the laser
localizers [→ 278]).
2. Release the cable from the cable clamps on the stand and carefully
pull it out of the unit (see also section Laying of cables when
replacing the laser localizers [→ 278]).
3. Loosen the screws (A) and remove the laser module together with
the cable from the holder.
4. Insert the new laser module (MS) in the holder and screw in the
screws (A) (do not tighten yet!).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 273
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.12 Laser light localizers

IMPORTANT
Make sure that the lines in the laser module run horizontally.

5. Tighten the screw (A).


6. Place the "Front slide" cover on the "Top support" cover [→ 26].
7. Lay the MS-Laser cable together with the FH-Laser, L78-1 and
L78-2 cables back in the unit (see section Laying of cables when
replacing the laser localizers [→ 278]).
8. Plug the L78-1 (X1503), L78-2 (X1501), FH-Laser (X607) and MS-
Laser (X611) cables back into the sockets on board DX1 (see
section Laying of cables when replacing the laser localizers
[→ 278]).
9. Next, adjust the MS laser localizer [→ 274].
Final work ➢ Reattach the covers. [→ 37]

[Link] Adjusting the MS laser light localizer (Pan)


1. Insert the forehead and temple supports (see also Operating
Instructions).
2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Touch the Pan symbol at the top of the touchscreen.
Ä The Pan program group is selected.

4. Touch the R key on the touchscreen.


Ä The unit moves to its starting position for Pan exposures.
5. Touch the light localizer key on the touchscreen.
Ä The light localizers are switched on.
Ä The vertical laser beam must be displayed in the center of the
forehead support and the bite block holder.
6. Slightly loosen the screws (F) of the laser module and align the
D X1 laser module (MS) so that the MS light beam is displayed at the
center of the bite block or bite block holder.
F 7. Retighten the screws (F) of the laser module.
8. Switch the laser light localizers off again.
9. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
274 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.12 Laser light localizers

8.12.4 Laser area display (VOL)


Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing and adjusting the
laser area display:

Arm cover [→ 37] Slide cover, bottom rear


[→ 43]

Slide cover, center rear Slide cover, top rear


[→ 43] [→ 43]

Slide cover, front [→ 43] Sensor unit cover [→ 45]

[Link] Replacing the laser area display (VOL)


1. Unplug the cable of the laser area display (C) from connector
X1500 on board DX1 (see also section Laying of cables when
replacing the laser localizers [→ 278]).
C 2. Release the cable from the cable clamps on the stand and carefully
pull it out of the unit (see also section Laying of cables when
replacing the laser localizers [→ 278]).
B 3. Loosen the set screws (B) slightly (approx. 3 - 4 turns).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 275
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.12 Laser light localizers

4. Remove the laser area display from the struts (H) of the cast part.

5. Ensure that the set screws (B) on the new laser area display are
A unscrewed so far that the notch is free (A).

6. NOTE! Ensure that the laser area display is attached to the cast
part and that there is no gap between the laser area display and the
cast part.
H Insert the new laser area display (C) into the struts of the cast part
(H). Do not tighten the set screws (B) fully yet.
7. Place the "Front slide" cover on the "Top support" cover.
8. Lay the laser area display cable together with the FH-Laser, L78-1
and L78-2 cables back in the unit (see section Laying of cables
when replacing the laser localizers [→ 278]).
9. Plug the L78-1 (X1503), L78-2 (X1501), FH-Laser (X607) and laser
C area display (X1500) cables back into the sockets on board DX1
(see also section Laying of cables when replacing the laser
localizers [→ 278]).
10. Now adjust the laser area display [→ 276].
Final work ➢ Reattach the covers. [→ 37]

[Link] Adjusting the laser area display (VOL)


1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Press the R key.
Ä The unit moves to its starting position.
3. Touch the 3D symbol at the top of the touchscreen.
Ä The 3D program group is selected.

67 30 704 D3644
276 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.12 Laser light localizers

4. Press the R key.


Ä The diaphragm and the sensor move into the starting position
for 3D exposures.
5. Touch the light localizer key on the touchscreen.

9mm ± 1mm

Ä The laser line of the first laser module (count direction from
bottom) is displayed on the cover of the sensor unit (side of 3D
sensor). A distance of 9 mm ± 1 mm should be measured
between the laser line and bottom edge of the 3D sensor.
6. If the set screws B are firmly tightened:
Slightly loosen the screws (B) of the laser area display.
7. Adjust the laser area display (C) vertically in such a way that the
C distance between the displayed laser line and bottom edge of the
3D sensor is 9 mm ± 1 mm.
Ä Following the adjustment, two horizontal laser lines from the
B laser area display and one vertical laser line from the MS laser
light localizer must be displayed on the sensor unit.

IMPORTANT
A third line from the horizontal laser line of the FH laser module must
not be displayed. If a third horizontal laser line (FH) is displayed on
the sensor unit instead of the vertical laser line (MS), then the slots on
board DX1 have been swapped. In this case, swap the slots of the
B X607 and X611 connectors on board DX1.

8. Re-tighten the screws (B) of the laser area display.


9. Switch the laser light localizers off again.
10. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 277
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.12 Laser light localizers

8.12.5 Laying of cables when replacing the laser localizers

67 30 704 D3644
278 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.12 Laser light localizers

8.12.6 Checking the connection of the MS and FH (pan) laser


light localizers
The cables/connectors of the laser light localizers are not labeled ex
works. If the slots of the X607 (MS) and X611 (FH) connectors on board
DX1 get mixed up, there will be a control error of the laser modules in
the 3D design of the X-ray unit.
In order to check whether the connectors of the MS and FH laser light
localizers are plugged into the correct slots on board DX1, complete the
following steps:
1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Touch the 3D symbol at the top of the touchscreen.
Ä The 3D program group is selected.
3. Touch the R key on the touchscreen.
Ä The diaphragm and the sensor move into the starting position
for 3D exposures.
4. Touch the light localizer key on the touchscreen.
Ä Two horizontal laser lines from the laser area display and a
vertical laser line from the MS laser are displayed on the cover
of the sensor unit (side of 3D sensor).
In the case of 3D programs, a third horizontal laser line from the
FH laser module must not be displayed!
Ä If a third horizontal laser line is displayed on the sensor cover
(instead of the vertical laser line), swap the slots of connectors
X607 and X611 and repeat the test in the 3D program group
once more.
5. Switch the light localizers off.
6. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 279
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.13 Light barriers

8.13 Light barriers


Removing covers Different covers must be removed depending on the position of the light
barrier to be replaced. [→ 37]
Mechanical replacement The following light barriers can be replaced (see also Spare parts list):

X-ray unit

V1_1

X802

X803
5

X811

V1_2
X812

● Light barrier at actuator 1, ON position: V1_1


● Light barrier at actuator 2, ON position: V1_2

67 30 704 D3644
280 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.13 Light barriers

● Light barrier at ring motor, starting position of rotation: V1_3

V1_4
● Light barrier at HA motor, height adjustment: V1_4
V1_3

Cephalometer

V91_2

V91_1

● Light barrier for patient diaphragm position detection, ceph: V91_1


● Light barrier for sensor position detection, ceph: V91_2

Final work
After replacing V1_1, V1_2 or V1_3 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
3. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 281
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.13 Light barriers

4. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]


After replacing V1_4 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Perform a function check.
3. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]
After replacing V61_4 or V61_5 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
3. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
4. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]
After replacing V91_1 or V91_2 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Perform service routines S034.4 [→ 209] and S034.5 [→ 212].
3. Perform a ceph unit adjustment, see technical document "Axeos
Software installation, commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852.
4. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
5. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
282 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.14 Occlusal bite block

8.14 Occlusal bite block


Removing the covers No covers have to be removed for replacing the occlusal bite block.

8.14.1 Replacing the occlusal bite block


Mechanical replacement ➢ Replace the defective occlusal bite block with the new one.
Final work 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Perform adjustment of the AD acceptance angle values using
service routine S018.9 [→ 195].
3. Check the function of the occlusal bite block.
4. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 283
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.15 Replacing boards in the arm and stand

8.15 Replacing boards in the arm and stand


NOTE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.

IMPORTANT
The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system.

8.15.1 Replacing board DX1


IMPORTANT
The software version of the "DX1/DX11 board" must be compatible
with the main software version of the unit.

1. Remove the "arm cover" [→ 26].


2. Disassemble both cross braces (A).
3. CAUTION! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity
before touching any boards.
B Remove the cover plate (B) from board DX11.
4. Pull all cables off board DX1.
A
5. Disassemble and remove the defective board DX1.
6. NOTE! Be sure to observe the information in section "Replacing
board DX11 [→ 285]".
Attach board DX11 from the defective DX1 onto the new DX1.
A
7. Reinstall the DX1 board in the unit and reattach the connectors.
8. Reinstall both cross braces (A).
9. Check that the laser light localizers MS and FH are functioning
correctly.
NOTE: The cables/plugs of the laser light localizers are not labeled
ex works. Should the sockets for plugs X607 (MS) and X611 (FH)
get mixed up on board DX1, there will (only) be a control error of the
laser light localizers in the 3D design of the Axeos X-ray unit. The
method to check whether the plugs of the MS and FH laser modules
are plugged into the correct sockets on the DX1 board is described
in section "Checking the connection of the MS and FH (pan) laser
light localizers [→ 279]".
10. Reattach the covers.
NOTE! Once you have removed the cross braces (A), the unit must be
completely readjusted and recalibrated.
After replacing board DX1, be sure to observe the instructions in section
"Measures after replacing boards".

67 30 704 D3644
284 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.15 Replacing boards in the arm and stand

8.15.2 Replacing board DX11


ü The cover plate of board DX11 must be removed [→ 284].
1. CAUTION! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity
before touching any boards.
Pull the defective DX11 board using the removal tool (D) to remove
it from the DX1 board.
IMPORTANT: The removal tool (D) is included in the delivery scope
of the DX11 board.
2. NOTE! Ensure that the connector strips of boards DX1 and DX11
are aligned precisely above one another and are not offset, before
D pressing the boards together firmly.
Attach the new DX11 board on to the DX1.
3. Check that the DX11 board is correctly attached to the DX1 board.
DX11 There must be no visible gap between the connector strips.
4. Reattach the cover plate.
After replacing board DX11, be sure to observe the instructions in
section "Measures after replacing boards".

DX1

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 285
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.15 Replacing boards in the arm and stand

8.15.3 Board DX32


The removal of board DX32 is described in section Removing board
DX32 [→ 255]. Install the board by following the steps for removal in
reverse order.

67 30 704 D3644
286 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.16 Reed sensor

8.16 Reed sensor


Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the reed sensor:

Arm, top [→ 37]

8.16.1 Replacing the reed sensor


IMPORTANT: The reed sensor is replaced together with the holder.
Mechanical replacement

1. Unplug the reed sensor cable from socket X700 on board DX1.
2. Unscrew the cable clamps (A), remove the cable ties (B) and
release the reed sensor cable from the cable sheath (C).
3. Loosen the 4 screws together with the washers (D) on the motor
D and lift up the motor (E) to remove it.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 287
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.16 Reed sensor

4. Loosen the screw (D) and remove the securing device (E) of the
D reed sensor.
E
5. Remove the defective reed sensor (F).
F

6. NOTE! Be sure that the sensor is positioned correctly when


installing the reed sensor. The flattened side (G) of the sensor must
H fit against the outside edge (H) of the securing device.
Install the new reed sensor and the new securing device by
following the steps for removal in reverse order.
7. Lay the reed sensor cable back with the other cables in the cable
G sheath (C) and attach new cable ties (B) at the ends of the sheath
(see also section Laying of cables when replacing the reed sensor
[→ 289]).
8. Lay the cable harness back in the arm nd secure it again with the
cable clamps (A).
9. NOTE! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before
touching any boards.
Plug the reed sensor cable back into socket X700 on board DX1.
Final work 1. Reattach the covers. [→ 37]
2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Perform a functional check of the ring rotation with a test cycle:
– Select exposure program P1.
– Select the test cycle using the T-key and run the test cycle by
pressing the release button.
– Select exposure program VOL4.
– Select the test cycle using the T-key and run the test cycle by
pressing the release button.
4. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see section
"Axeos Software installation, commissioning and service", REF 67
30 852.
5. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
6. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
288 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.16 Reed sensor

8.16.2 Laying of cables when replacing the reed sensor

A Cable clamps
B Cable ties
C Cable sheath
X700 Socket for connecting the reed sensor cable

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 289
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.17 Ring motor (M1_3)

8.17 Ring motor (M1_3)


Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the ring motor and
pinion:

Arm cover [→ 37]

8.17.1 Replacing the ring motor


Removing the defective motor

X813
B

1. Detach the motor cable from the cable harness and pull it off
connector X813 on board DX1.
2. Loosen the four screws (A) on the ring motor and remove the motor
including the screws and the serrated washers (B).
Installing the new motor 1. Insert the new motor including coupling and absorber in the ring.
Tip: While inserting the motor, turn it back and forth slightly until the
pinion engages in the ring gear.
2. Use the screws (A) and serrated washers (B) to screw the new
motor onto the motor support ring.
3. Run the motor cable along its original path and plug it back into
connector X813 on board DX1 (see also section Laying cables

67 30 704 D3644
290 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.17 Ring motor (M1_3)

when replacing the reed sensor [→ 292]).


IMPORTANT: Don't forget to reattach all cable ties and clamps.
Final work 1. Reattach the cover. [→ 26]
2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Check the function of the ring motor.
4. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
5. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

8.17.2 Replacing the pinion at the ring motor


Removing the motor ➢ Remove the ring motor as described in section Replacing the ring
motor [→ 290].

A B

Replacing the pinion 1. Loosen the set screws (A) and pull off the defective pinion (B).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 291
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.17 Ring motor (M1_3)

2. IMPORTANT: Ensure that the pinion is seated in the coupling so


that the set screws (A) are sitting on the flattened surface (C) of the
pinion during subsequent tightening to prevent the pinion from
turning.
Insert the new pinion.
3. IMPORTANT: Apply Loctite 242 to the set screws (B) before
tightening.
Retighten the set screws (A).
Installing the motor ➢ The installation of the ring motor as well as all final work is
described in section Replacing the ring motor [→ 290].

8.17.3 Laying cables when replacing the reed sensor

1. Lay the cable (D) in a loop from top to bottom and fix it in the cable
clamp (E).
2. Plug connector X813 (F) onto the board.

67 30 704 D3644
292 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.18 X-ray tube assembly

8.18 X-ray tube assembly


DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least another 4
minutes before starting the repair or taking off a cover panel!

NOTE
Unit inoperability.
Never replace the X-ray tube assembly together with board DX11. All
the actions described in this section must be first be performed
following replacement of the tube assembly. Only then may board
DX11 be replaced.

IMPORTANT
The tube assembly may be replaced only as a complete module.

Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the X-ray tube
assembly and fan:

Tube assembly cover, Tube assembly cover,


inside [→ 45] outside [→ 45]

8.18.1 Replacing the X-ray tube assembly


Mechanical replacement 1. Remove the diaphragm unit as described in section Replacing the
diaphragm unit [→ 237].
2. NOTE! In so doing, unplug cable L3A from connector X3 and the
ground cable from connector X103 on board DX6.
Unscrew the four screws (A) and remove the cover plate (B)
together with the cable shielding (L3A).
Tip: The ferrite core and cable shielding can remain on the cover
plate.
3. Remove cable L6 from the rubber grommets and unplug the
connectors from sockets J2-J3, J5 and J6 on board DX6.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 293
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.18 X-ray tube assembly

4. Loosen the two rear screws (C) on the tube assembly.


5. CAUTION! The tube assembly is heavy!
Hold the tube assembly firmly in place, loosen the two front screws
D (3-4 turns) and remove the tube assembly toward the front.
Tip: If you leave the two front screws on the rotating element, you
can immediately hang the tube assembly on them when reinstalling
it.
6. Hang the new tube assembly on the two front screws of the rotating
element and tighten them securely.
7. Insert the two rear screws and tighten them firmly.
8. NOTE! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before
touching any boards.
Plug the connectors of cable L6 back into the J2-J3, J5 and J6
sockets and fit the cables back into the rubber grommets.
9. Plug connector X3 of cable L3A as well as ground cable X103 back
onto board DX6.
10. Reattach the cover plate.
11. Mount the diaphragm unit as described in section Replacing the
diaphragm unit [→ 237].
12. Reattach the covers. [→ 45]

Final work 1. Switch on the unit. [→ 34]


Ä Occasionally, error messages E1 11 20, E7 15 03 and E6 15 04
are displayed at this point. These error messages can be
ignored here. Acknowledge the error messages with the R key,
if necessary.
Ä Error message E6 15 05 (undefined unit serial number) is
displayed.
2. Acknowledge the error message using the R key on the Easypad.
3. Call the service menu.
4. Call up service routine S008.3.
5. Check the serial number
The unit serial number is located on the nameplate of the unit.
NOTE! If the serial number is incorrect, cancel the service routine
and contact the Dentsply Sirona Customer Service Center!
6. Confirm the serial number using service routine S008.3.
7. Check the settings in service routine S017.2. [→ 174]
8. NOTE! Use the latest selectable software version. Please observe
the compatibility list in the dealer area.
Perform a firmware update to the latest software version, see
technical document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning
and service", REF 67 30 852.
Ä All modules are updated in accordance with the configuration.
9. Switch off the unit.
Wait approx. 1 minute. Then switch the unit on again.
10. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
11. IMPORTANT: Perform an update of the hardware configuration as
part of the acceptance test.

67 30 704 D3644
294 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.18 X-ray tube assembly

Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and


quality assurance [→ 15].
12. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 295
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.18 X-ray tube assembly

8.18.2 Replacing the fan in the X-ray tube assembly


IMPORTANT
Because the X-ray tube assembly has to be removed to replace the
fan, the unit must be completely readjusted and recalibrated after fan
replacement, see technical document "Axeos Software installation,
commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852.

Mechanical replacement 1. Remove the tube assembly, as described in section Replacing the
X-ray tube assembly [→ 293].
2. NOTE! Cable! Loosen the four screws (A) and carefully remove the
cover plate (B) including the fan.
3. Unplug the fan cable from connector X2 on board DX6 (see also
section Laying cables when replacing the X-ray tube assembly
[→ 297]).

4. Loosen the four screws (C) and carefully remove the defective fan
from the cover plate.
5. NOTE! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before
touch any boards.
Install the new fan, the cover plate and the tube assembly by
following the steps for removal in reverse order.

Final work 1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].


2. Check the function of the fan using service routine S005.4 [→ 158].
3. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.

67 30 704 D3644
296 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.18 X-ray tube assembly

4. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and


quality assurance [→ 15].
5. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

8.18.3 Laying cables when replacing the X-ray tube assembly

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 297
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.18 X-ray tube assembly

A Cable L6→socket J6 on board DX6


B Cable L6 →socket J2/J3 on board DX6
C Ground cable →connector X103 on board DX6
D Cable L3A →connector X3 on board DX6
E Correct laying of cables on the cover plate
F Cable L6 →socket J5 on board DX6
G Cable routed on left side of tube assembly:
2x L21, L20 and L11.
H Cable L12 routed on right side of tube assembly.

67 30 704 D3644
298 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.19 Rotation unit

8.19 Rotation unit


NOTE
Damage to the rotation unit
The sensor is rotated via a motor drive. The gearing of the rotation
unit can be damaged if it is turned by hand.

Before replacement 1. Switch on the unit, see Operating Instructions.


2. Select a volume program, e.g. VOL4 and press the R-key.
Ä The unit moves to the 3D position.
3. Switch the unit off again.
Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing the rotation unit:

Sensor cover [→ 45]

8.19.1 Replacing the rotation unit


Mechanical replacement

1. Remove the sensor unit as described in the sections 2D sensor


[→ 314] and 3D Sensor [→ 309].
2. NOTE! Make sure the sensitive ends of the fiber-optic cables do
not strike against anything, since they could become damaged as a
result.
Remove the fiber-optic cables LWL1 (E) and LWL2 (D) (L83 Data)
carefully from the sockets of the sensor holder and protect the
sensitive ends of the fiber-optic cables safe immediately, as shown
in the photo, in the two mini-ziplock bags included in the scope of
delivery of the rotation unit. Seal the mini-ziplock bags to the extent
possible to prevent the cable ends from slipping out.
3. Disconnect the connector (F) (L83 Data) from the retaining plate.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 299
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.19 Rotation unit

4. Loosen the 2 screws (I) and remove the "Sensor cover, inner" (J).

J I

5. CAUTION! Hold the rotation unit tightly so that it does not fall down
when unscrewed.
Loosen the three screws (G) on the sensor holder and remove the
rotation unit (H).
The three screws (H) together with the two washers will not be
reused and can be disposed of.
6. Install the new rotation unit in the reverse order of removal. Use the
three new screws and washers, which come with the new rotation
unit, for the installation, and tighten the screws firmly.

7. Reconnect the Molex connector to the sensor holder plate.


8. IMPORTANT: Make sure that you do not mix up the fiber-optic
cables LWL1 and LWL2.
9. Remount the sensor unit as described in the sections 2D sensor
[→ 314] and 3D Sensor [→ 309].
Final work 1. Reattach the covers. [→ 45]
2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].

67 30 704 D3644
300 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.19 Rotation unit

3. Check the rotation unit for a smooth rotation by switching between


the operating modes Pan and 3D via the Easypad.
4. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
5. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
6. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 301
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.20 Cable carriers

8.20 Cable carriers


Removing covers The following covers and modules must be removed for replacing the
cable carriers:

Arm, top [→ 37] Tube assembly cover,


inside [→ 45]

Tube assembly cover, Sensor cover [→ 45]


outside [→ 45]

Ring cover [→ 38] Headrest [→ 38]

Outer ring and omega


disk cover [→ 38]

8.20.1 Loosening cables and plug connections


NOTE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.

IMPORTANT
The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system.

Cables in the tube assembly and sensor cable carriers


The tube assembly cable carrier contains the following cables:
● L3A (between board DX6 (tube assembly) and coupling in the arm)
● L6 (between board DX6 (tube assembly) and board DX1 in the arm)
● L12 (between board DX61 (diaphragm) and board DX1 in the arm)
● Grounding strap (between support plate and ring)

The sensor cable carrier contains the following cables:


● L83 Power (between coupling on the rotation unit and board DX1 in
the arm)
● L83 Data (between coupling on the rotation unit and coupling on the
cover plate of board DX11 in the arm).
● L11 (between board DX61 (diaphragm) and board DX1 in the arm)

67 30 704 D3644
302 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.20 Cable carriers

Loosening cables and plug connections Cables L3A and L6 must be loosened on the tube assembly:
on tube assembly and board DX6
1. Release cable L3A from the cable clamps (A).
2. Loosen the cable tie (b) from the ferrite core (C).

3. Loosen the screws (D) and remove the cover plate (E).
D D
D
D

4. Unplug the L3A (X3) and L6 (J6, J2, J3, J5) cables and the ground
cable (X103) from board DX6.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 303
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.20 Cable carriers

Loosening cables and plug-in connector


on diaphragm and board DX61

1. Unplug cables L11 (X501) and L12 (X101) from board DX61.
2. Remove the cable tie (D) and release the cables from the cable
clamps (E).
Loosening cables and plug-in connectors
on rotation unit

➢ Unplug cables L83 Power and L83 Data from the sockets on the
connector plate of the rotation unit.

67 30 704 D3644
304 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.20 Cable carriers

Loosening cables and plug-in connectors


in arm and on board DX1

1. Unplug cables L6 (J302, J306, J307, J309), L11 (X102), L12 (X306)
and L83 (X509) from board DX1.
2. Unscrew the cable clamp (F).
3. Unplug the connector (G) of cable L3A from the socket on the
mounting plate.

4. Loosen the screws on the cable fastening (K) and headrest plate (L)
and remove the plates.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 305
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.20 Cable carriers

5. Release all cables (H) (L11, L12, L3A, L83 Data, L83 Power) from
the cable clamps (J) and any cable ties and pull the cables down
and out through the dome (I).
6. On the sensor side, pull cables L83 Data and L83 Power out of the
cable clamps on the ring.

Grounding strap ➢ Loosen the grounding strap at both ends of the tube assembly cable
carrier.

67 30 704 D3644
306 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.20 Cable carriers

8.20.2 Mechanical replacement of the cable carrier


Removing defective cable carriers ü The tube assembly has been driven to the left position.
1. Loosen the 2 screws (A) on the inner mounting of the cable carrier
and push the cable carrier sideward.

2. Loosen the screw (B) and push the cable carrier sideward and
down.

3. Proceed in the same way with the second cable carrier.

Installing new cable carriers ➢ Feed the cable carriers back into the unit.
Tip: For feeding in the new cable carriers, it is helpful to attach
cable ties to the cable carriers as a mounting aid. Remove the cable
ties again after installing the cable carriers.
Lay and connect the cables again. ➢ IMPORTANT: For information on the original laying of cables and
the connection of cables to the boards, refer to section Loosening
cables and plug connections [→ 302].
NOTE! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before
touching any boards.
Lay all cables back in their original position in the unit and plug
them back into the boards and couplings.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 307
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.20 Cable carriers

IMPORTANT: Remember to secure the cables again in the cable


clamps and to attach new cable ties.

8.20.3 Final work


1. Reattach the covers and the headrest. [→ 40]

IMPORTANT
Position of outer ring including omega disk
Be sure that the outer ring is positioned correctly when installing the
outer ring and omega disk.

2. Perform a quality check using test exposures (Pan (2D), Ceph (2D)
(if installed) and Sirona (3D)), see technical document "Axeos
Software installation, commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852.
3. If necessary, perform a unit adjustment and calibration, see
technical document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning
and service", REF 67 30 852.
4. If a unit adjustment and calibration was performed:
Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].

67 30 704 D3644
308 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.21 Sensor unit

8.21 Sensor unit


NOTE
Damage to the 3D sensor
The 3D sensor is a sensitive component. Be careful not to touch the
sensor surface when installing the sensor.

NOTE
Damage to the rotation unit
The sensor is rotated via a motor drive. The gearing of the rotation
unit can be damaged if it is turned by hand.

Removing covers The following covers must be removed for replacing a sensor or the fan
package:

Sensor cover [→ 45]

8.21.1 3D Sensor
Tip: Move the unit to the "Pan" position for work on the 3D sensor.
1. Switch on the unit.
2. Select the "PAN" program group on the touchscreen and activate
the R key.
3. Switch the unit off again.
Ä The 3D sensor is then outside, and can thus be easily reached.

[Link] Removing the 3D sensor


1. Pull the cable L84 off from board DX83.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 309
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.21 Sensor unit

2x M4x10

2. Loosen the 2 screws (K) and the 2 screws (I) and remove the 3D
sensor.

[Link] Mounting the 3D sensor


1. Carefully remove the 3D sensor detector from the packaging.
2. Unscrew and remove the 2 screws (K) from the 3D sensor.
IMPORTANT: These screws will be reused for mounting the 3D
sensor.

67 30 704 D3644
310 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.21 Sensor unit

2x M4x10

3. Fit the 3D sensor from above into the guide of the rotation unit and
secure the sensor immediately with the 3 screws (I).
4. Securely tighten the 3D sensor to the retaining plate with the 2
screws (K).

[Link] Connecting the 3D sensor

NOTE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.

IMPORTANT
The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 311
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.21 Sensor unit

1. Lay the leads in the cable clamp as shown in the illustration (A).

2. Insert leads 1 (L83A) and 2 (L83B) from the rotation unit, as shown
in the illustration, into plugs X100, X700 and X800 on board DX83.
3. Insert lead L84 of the 3D sensor, as shown in the illustration, into
plugs X601 and X602 on board DX83.

[Link] Final work


1. Reattach the covers of the sensor unit in reverse order of removal.
2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. Check the rotation unit for a smooth rotation by switching between
the operating modes Pan and 3D via the Easypad.
4. Perform a firmware update to the latest unit software version at this
point, see technical document "Axeos Software installation,
commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852.
5. You may need to update the sensor data before the unit adjustment
and calibration.
Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.

67 30 704 D3644
312 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.21 Sensor unit

6. IMPORTANT: Perform an update of the hardware configuration as


part of the acceptance test.
Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
7. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 313
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.21 Sensor unit

8.21.2 2D sensor
IMPORTANT
Data loss!
Prior to replacing the 2D sensor, it must be ensured that a current
backup of the sensor data has been created using the Device
Manager, see technical document "Axeos Software installation,
commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852. If no backup file of the
sensor data exists, the sensor data must be downloaded from board
DX83 and saved before replacing the 2D sensor.

Tip: Move the unit to the "3D" position for work on the 2D sensor.
1. Switch on the unit.
2. Select the "3D" program group on the touchscreen and activate the
R key.
3. Switch the unit off again.
Ä The 2D sensor is then outside, and can thus be easily reached.

[Link] Replacing the 2D sensor


1. Pull all cables off the sensor unit.
2. Loosen the 2 screws (A) as well as the 2 screws (C) and unhinge
the sensor from the lugs (B) of the rotation unit.
3. Attach the new sensor by the lugs (B) of the rotation unit.
4. Loosely screw down the sensor using 2 screws (A).
5. Attach the sensor plate to the 3D sensor with the 2 screws (C).
6. Now tighten the 2 screws (A).

[Link] Connecting a sensor unit

NOTE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.

IMPORTANT
The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system.

67 30 704 D3644
314 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.21 Sensor unit

1. Lay the leads in the cable clamp as shown in the illustration (A).

2. Insert leads L83A and L83B from the rotation unit, as shown in the
illustration, into plugs X100, X700 and X800 on board DX83.
3. Insert lead L84 of the 3D sensor, as shown in the illustration, into
plugs X601 and X602 on board DX83.

[Link] Final work


1. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
2. Check the rotation unit for a smooth rotation by switching between
the operating modes Pan and 3D via the Easypad.
3. After replacement of the 2D sensor, board DX83 has default
settings. For this reason, set the original IP configuration again
using service routine S037.4 [→ 226].
4. Perform a firmware update to the latest unit software version, see
technical document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning
and service", REF 67 30 852.
5. Perform a restart of the unit.
6. Restore the previously saved sensor data onto new board DX83 of
the unit using the "Sensor data backup" menu of the calibration

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 315
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.21 Sensor unit

menu, see technical document "Axeos Software installation,


commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852.
7. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
8. Create a backup copy of the sensor data, see technical document
"Axeos Software installation, commissioning and service", REF 67
30 852.
9. IMPORTANT: Perform an update of the hardware configuration as
part of the acceptance test.
Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
10. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
316 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.21 Sensor unit

8.21.3 Replacing fan package


1. Loosen the cable of the defective fan package (B) from the cable
holders on the sensor unit and pull it out from connector X1000 on
board DX83.
2. Loosen the two screws (A) and remove the defective fan package.
3. NOTE! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before
touching any boards.
Mount the new fan package by following the steps for removal in
reverse order.
4. Reattach the covers. [→ 45]

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 317
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.21 Sensor unit

8.21.4 Replace board DX83


NOTE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.

IMPORTANT
The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system.

Mechanical replacement ü A backup file of the sensor data exists.


If no backup file of the sensor data exists, the sensor data must be
downloaded from the board and saved using the Device Manager
before replacing board DX83 (see technical document "Axeos
Software installation, commissioning and service", REF 67 30 852).
1. Pull all cables off the sensor unit.
2. Loosen the 4 screws (A) and (C) and remove the 2D sensor from
the lugs (B) of the rotation unit.
3. Pull the fan package line off connector X1000 from board DX83 .

4. Loosen the two screws (H) and remove the cover plate (I).
5. Place the 2D sensor on a flat surface with the heatsink (L) facing
upwards.
6. Loosen the 4 screws (J).

67 30 704 D3644
318 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 8 Repair
8.21 Sensor unit

7. Hold onto the frame (K) of the 2D sensor and carefully remove the
heatsink (L). This can stick slightly to the DX83 board due to the two
thermal conducting foils.
8. Remove the two thermal conducting foils (M).
These are not reused.

9. NOTE! Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before


touching any boards.
Loosen the three screws (N) and remove board DX83.
10. Mount the new board DX83 with the three screws (N) on the 2D
sensor.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 319
8 Repair Dentsply Sirona
8.21 Sensor unit

11. Attach the two new HF shields (O) (included in the scope of supply
for board DX83) on the cover plate (P) of board DX83.

12. Place the two new heat conducting foils (Q) (included in the scope
of supply for board DX83) on board DX83.
13. Screw down the heatsink on the 2D sensor with the four screws (J)
and plain washers.
14. Reattach the plate (I) on the 2D sensor with the two screws (H) (see
removal).
15. Plug the cable of the fan package back into connector X1000 on
board DX83.
16. Fit the 2D sensor into the lugs (A) of the rotation unit and secure it
again on the rotation unit with the 4 screws (B) (see removal).
17. Fit the 3D sensor into the guide of the rotation unit and secure it to
the rotation unit again with the 3 screws (G) (see removal).
18. Reconnect the cables of the sensor unit. Follow the instructions on
connecting the sensor unit in section "Connecting the 3D sensor
[→ 311]".
19. Reattach the covers of the sensor unit (D and E) with the 2 screws
(F) (see removal).

Final work 1. Reattach the covers. [→ 45]


2. Switch on the unit [→ 34].
3. After the replacement the board has default settings again.
To restore the network connection, set the original IP configuration
using service routine S037.4 [→ 226].
4. Update the firmware to the desired software version, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
5. Restore the previously saved sensor data onto new board DX83 of
the unit using the "Backup / Restore sensor data" ⇒ "Restore
sensor data" menu, see technical document "Axeos Software
installation, commissioning and service" REF 67 30 852.
6. Perform a complete unit adjustment and calibration, see technical
document "Axeos Software installation, commissioning and
service", REF 67 30 852.
7. Perform an acceptance test, see section Functional check and
quality assurance [→ 15].
8. Switch the unit off again. [→ 36]

67 30 704 D3644
320 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.1 Inspecting the bite block holder

9 Maintenance
DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least 1 minute, or 4
minutes if disconnecting the tube assembly (cable L3), before starting
the maintenance or taking off a cover panel!

CAUTION
Risk of electric shock!
Always switch the unit off before ...
...connecting a measuring instrument or
...carrying out continuity checks.

NOTE
Risk of damage to boards
Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling
printed circuit boards (ESD). Touch a ground point to discharge static
electricity before touching any boards.

NOTE
Risk of damage to tube assembly
Keep to the prescribed cool-off periods if several exposures have to
be taken to check a measured value.

IMPORTANT: Select the correct current/voltage type and adjust the


measuring range to match the expected readings.

9.1 Inspecting the bite block holder

*
67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 321
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.1 Inspecting the bite block holder

* only for units with an occlusal bite block


Check whether the bite block, contact ➢ Insert the bite block, contact segment and chin rest one after the
segment and chin rest can be fitted other in the bite block holder and check them to make sure they are
securely in the bite block holder firmly seated.
For loose seating:
Ä Check the bite block, contact segment and/or chin rest for
damage; replace with new parts if necessary.
Ä Replace the support piece.

67 30 704 D3644
322 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.2 Testing the rotating unit for smooth running

9.2 Testing the rotating unit for smooth running


The mechanical function of the rotating unit (ring movement) is checked
via a 3D test cycle. The test cycle is executed without radiation. The test
cycle is used to check that the unit is functioning correctly and to ensure
that a smooth cycle of the rotation unit is possible. The unit stops
automatically if the resistance increases.
ü The unit must be switched on.
1. Press the T key on the touchscreen.
Ä The program enters test cycle mode. On the touchscreen, the
display of the kV/mA value, the exposure time and the patient
symbols is hidden. Two test cycle symbols appear.
2. Press the release button.
Ä The test cycle is started.
3. Pay attention to unusual running noises.
If unusual running noises should occur during the test cycle or the
rotating unit stops due to increased resistance:
Ä Establish the mechanical fault.
Ä Correct the mechanical fault.
4. Press the T key on the touchscreen.
Ä The program exits test cycle mode again.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 323
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.3 Adjusting and calibrating the unit

9.3 Adjusting and calibrating the unit


The unit adjustment and calibration is described in detail in technical
document "Installation, Inbetriebnahme und Service der Software für
das Axeos Imagine System" (REF 67 30 852).

67 30 704 D3644
324 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.4 Checking the unit leakage current

9.4 Checking the unit leakage current


DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least one more 1
minute before beginning the check!

1. Switch the line voltage off at the main switch of the building
installation.
2. Disconnect the power cable and the second protective ground wire
from the building installation.
3. Remove the "bottom profile”, "front tube assembly", and "tube
assembly, cover".

DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard
The connection and disconnection of the unit (power cable) to/from
the building installation must be performed by a qualified expert in
compliance with the national regulations. DIN VDE 0100-710 applies
in Germany.

Dentsply Sirona recommends an automatic tester (example illustration)


which complies with standard IEC 62353. If you do not use an
automatic tester, please pay attention to the specifications in the
standard IEC 62353.
1. Switch the line voltage off at the main switch of the building
installation.
2. DANGER! Note the electrical safety rules without fail.
Disconnect the power cable and the second protective ground wire
from the building installation.
3. Attach a connector compatible with the tester (see the user’s
manual for the tester) to the unit’s power cable.
4. Plug the connector of your power supply unit into the intended
socket on the tester in accordance with the user’s manual for the
tester.
5. Check whether the unit power switch is turned on.

IMPORTANT
According to Note 2 in Table 3 of standard IEC 62353:2014, the
maximum device leakage current permitted by the manufacturer is 5
mA for permanently connected units.

6. Perform the measurements according to the operating instructions


of the tester.
7. Document the measured value of the leakage current in the
technical document "Inspection and maintenance and safety-related
checks".
Ä Threshold value
The measured value must not exceed 5.0 mA.
8. If the deviation is greater than 5mA:
Perform troubleshooting according to chapter “Unit leakage current
too high” (see service manual for the unit).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 325
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.4 Checking the unit leakage current

9. Reconnect the unit to the building installation (fixed connection)


(see the installation instructions for the unit).

67 30 704 D3644
326 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.5 Checking the height adjustment

9.5 Checking the height adjustment

Check the threaded rod and motor for ➢ Perform a visual inspection of height adjustment motor (A) and
abrasion spindle (B) for abrasion.
If significant abrasion is present:
Ä Replace the height adjustment motor including spindle.
Check whether the height adjustment ➢ Use the Up/Down keys on the touchscreen to move the unit up and
produces atypical running noises down through its entire adjustment range.
If the mechanics of the height adjustment is defective, a speed-
dependent hammering noise may occur which points to bearing
damage at the height adjustment motor.
If a hammering noise occurs:
Ä Replace the height adjustment motor including spindle.
Check whether precise, jolt-free height If the unit is not used for a longer period of time, a slight jolt may occur
adjustment is possible the first time it starts moving. However, the next time it starts moving, it
must execute a jolt-free soft start.
➢ Use the Up/Down keys on the control panel to move the unit and
observe the movement of the slide. The slide must start in gentle
starting and then change over to a faster movement.
If the height adjustment cannot be correctly positioned in detail
using the gentle start:
Ä Lubricate the spindle with a light coat of Chesterton 622.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 327
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.5 Checking the height adjustment

Check whether the height adjustment ➢ Manually press the actuators (C) of both limit switches (D) one after
limit switches are functioning properly the other while the height adjustment motor is running. The motor
must stop.
If the motor does not stop:
Ä Check the corresponding microswitch and replace if necessary.
Ä Check cable L19, replace if necessary.

50
D

Check whether an audible signal can be ➢ Use the Up/Down keys on the Easypad to move the unit up and
heard during height adjustment down. An acoustic signal must be audible.
If no acoustic signal sounds:
Ä Replace board DX1.

67 30 704 D3644
328 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.6 Checking the cable shields

9.6 Checking the cable shields


Shield on the tube assembly

Shield on the housing


Check whether the cable shielding is OK ➢ Perform a visual and “hands-on” inspection of the cable shields to
ensure that they have complete and firm contact at the positions
marked.
If the cable shields do not have correct contact:
Ä Fasten the cable shields correctly.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 329
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.7 Control exposures/Test images

9.7 Control exposures/Test images


The 2D/3D test exposures and test images are used for fast checking of
the unit adjustment and calibration. The implementation of control
exposures and test images is described in detail in technical document
"Installation, Inbetriebnahme und Service der Software für das Axeos
Imagine System" (REF 67 30 852).

67 30 704 D3644
330 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.8 Checking the laser light localizers

9.8 Checking the laser light localizers


CAUTION
Risk of injury to eyes.
The unit contains lasers of Class 1.
Keep a distance of at least 4" (10 cm) between eye and laser. Do not
look into the laser beam.

Checking the laser light localizers

Preparing the test


1. Insert the forehead and temple supports.
2. Set the main switch (A) to I (see also Operating Instructions).
3. Wait for approx. one minute.

4. Touch the R key on the touchscreen.


Ä The unit moves to its starting position.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 331
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.8 Checking the laser light localizers

Checking the PAN laser beam


1. Affix a piece of white cardboard between the temple supports.
2. Rotate the mirror by pressing into the left depression (D) of the
toolbar.
3. Touch the light localizer key (E) on the touchscreen.
Ä The light localizers are switched on.
Ä The laser beam is displayed on the cardboard by a red line.
Ä The vertical laser beam (G) must be displayed in the center of
the forehead support and the bite block holder. If this is not the
case, adjust the laser light localizer.
Ä The horizontal laser beam must be displayed horizontally. If this
is not the case, adjust the laser light localizer.
4. Press on the light localizer key again.
Ä The light localizer is switched back off again.

Checking the 3D laser beam


1. Touch the 3D symbol at the top of the touchscreen.
Ä The 3D program group is selected.
2. Select the exposure program. Press the arrow keys + (C) and - (A).
Ä The exposure program is displayed in the program display (B).
3. Touch the R key on the touchscreen.
Ä The diaphragm and the sensor move into the starting position
for volume exposures.

4. Touch the light localizer key on the touchscreen.


Ä The light localizers are switched on.
Ä Depending on a preselected program and collimation, the light
beams show the upper and lower edges of the volume.

VOL1 SD Volume exposure with a diameter of approx. 8 cm and a height


VOL1 HD of approx. 8 cm or 5.5 cm collimated.

VOL2 SD Volume exposure with a diameter of approx. 5 cm and a height


VOL2 HD of approx. 5.5 cm for upper or lower jaw
VOL2 Low
VOL3 SD Volume exposure with a diameter of approx. 11 cm and a
VOL3 HD height of approx. 10 cm or selection of upper quadrant colli-
mated to 7.5 cm and selection of lower quadrant collimated to
VOL3 Low
8.0 cm
VOL4 SD Volume exposure with a diameter of approx. 17 cm and a
VOL4 HD height of approx. 13 cm or selection of upper quadrant colli-
mated to 10 cm and selection of lower quadrant collimated to
VOL4 Low
7.5 cm

1. Select the different volume programs one after the other with
different collimations and measure the distance of the light beams.
Ä Minimum and maximum distances apply between the laser
localizers.
Ä Replace any light localizer that does not respond as desired.
2. Press on the light localizer key again.

67 30 704 D3644
332 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.8 Checking the laser light localizers

Ä The light localizer is switched back off again.

Checking the horizontal laser beam ceph (FH)


Tip: When checking or adjusting the light localizer, you may use a PA or
AP position on the ear plugs to assess the light beam.
1. Touch the light localizer key (B) on the touchscreen.
Ä The light localizers are switched on.
2. Check the position of the horizontal laser beam at the ceph.
Ä The laser beam must run horizontally at the level of the ear plug
position between the template supports. If this is not the case,
adjust the laser localizer.
3. Press on the light localizer key again.
Ä The light localizer is switched back off again.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 333
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.9 Checking the grounding straps

9.9 Checking the grounding straps


Grounding strap in the stand

Check whether the grounding straps 1. Perform a visual and "hands-on" inspection of the grounding straps
have complete and firm contact to ensure that they have complete and firm contact at the positions
marked.
If the grounding straps do not have correct contact:
Ä Fasten the grounding straps correctly.
2. Perform a visual inspection of the grounding straps for damage.
If the grounding straps are damaged:
Ä Replace the grounding straps.

67 30 704 D3644
334 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.10 Checking the tube data

9.10 Checking the tube data


9.10.1 Checking the tube voltage
Preparing the measurement 1. Attach the Mult-O-Meter sensor in the middle of the sensor unit.
2. Turn the main switch (A) to position I.
A 3. Wait for approx. 1 minute.
Ä The radiation indicator X-ray (C) lights up for approx. one
second as a functional check.
B Ä The height adjustment keys light up blue seconds for a number
of seconds, then quickly change to green.
Ä After approx. 2 seconds, the green LED B in the upper part of
C the Easypad lights up. This LED remains lit as long as the unit
is on.
Ä The start screen is displayed on the touchscreen for several
D seconds.
Ä The program selection is then displayed on the touchscreen.
Ä The forehead support and temple supports are completely
open.
4. Press the R key.
Ä The unit moves to its starting position.
Performing measurements 1. Select the P1 program (see Operating Instructions).
2. Set the kV/mA level 62 kV / 8 mA (see Operating Instructions).
3. Make ready for exposure in Sidexis 4 (see Operating Instructions).
4. CAUTION! Actuating the release button releases X-ray radiation.
Start the exposure by pressing the release button. Hold down the
release button until image acquisition is completed and the acoustic
signal that indicates the end of the exposure can be heard.

Analyzing measurements ➢ Read the voltage values on the display of the Mult-O-Meter.

IMPORTANT
The measured tube voltage must correspond with the tube voltage set
of 62 kV. The permissible tolerance is ± 10 %.

Ä If the measured values are not within the permissible tolerance


range, replace the tube assembly.
Ä If the measured values are within the permissible tolerance
range, finalize the measurement.
Concluding the measurement ➢ Switch the unit off via the switch (A).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 335
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.10 Checking the tube data

9.10.2 Checking the tube current


NOTE
Damage to the measuring unit
The ring assembly and the tube assembly move during the
measurement.
Make sure that the measuring wires are sufficiently long to allow for
the ring movement and that the measuring unit is in a secure position
so that it will not fall down.

Preparing the measurement 1. Switch off the unit (see Operating Instructions).
DANGER! After switching off the unit, wait at least 4 minutes (LED
V515 on the DX6 must no longer be on) before removing the cover
on the tube assembly.
2. Loosen the screws (A) and (B) and remove the outer cover of the
tube assembly (C).

3. Loosen the 4 screws (F) and remove the cover plate (G).

67 30 704 D3644
336 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.10 Checking the tube data

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 337
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.10 Checking the tube data

4. DANGER! After switching off the unit, wait at least 4 minutes (LED
V515 on the DX6 must no longer be on) before removing jumper H
from the DX6 board.
Remove the jumper (H) from connector X302 on the DX6 board.
5. DANGER! Only use fully insulated measuring wires.
Connect the digital multimeter with the measuring wires to test
points MA- (X5-) and MA+ (X4+) at connector X302 on the DX6
board.
6. On the multimeter, select the current measuring range 20 mA DC.
7. NOTE! If the outer cover of the tube assembly cover is not
attached, the ring circulation is impeded and the unit can be
damaged.
Provisionally attach the outer cover of the tube assembly to the unit.
8. DANGER! Do not touch any live components!
Set the main switch (A) to I (see also Operating Instructions).
9. Wait for approx. one minute.
10. Press the R key.
Ä The unit moves to its starting position.
Performing measurements 1. Select the P1 program (see Operating Instructions).
2. Set the highest kV/mA level, 66 kV / 8mA (see Operating
Instructions).
3. Make ready for exposure in Sidexis 4 (see Operating Instructions).
4. CAUTION! Actuating the release button releases X-ray radiation.
Start the exposure by pressing the release button. Hold down the
release button until image acquisition is completed and the acoustic
signal that indicates the end of the exposure can be heard.

IMPORTANT
1 mA corresponds to a tube current of 1 mA. The permissible
tolerance is ± 20 %.

Analyzing measurements ➢ Read the voltage value on the display of the multimeter.
Ä The tube current must be 8 mA ± 1.6 mA.
Ä If the measured value does not fall within the permissible
tolerance, replace the tube assembly (see Service Manual).
Ä If the measured value falls within the permissible tolerance,
conclude the measurement.

67 30 704 D3644
338 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.10 Checking the tube data

Concluding the measurement 1. Remove the outer cover of the tube assembly again.
2. DANGER! After switching off the unit, wait at least 4 minutes before
removing the measuring wires or reinserting the jumper!
Remove the measuring wires and bridge with the test points MA+/
MA- on the DX6 board again with the jumper (H).
3. Reattach the cover plate (G) to the tube assembly with the 4 screws
(F).
4. Reattach the outer cover of the tube assembly to the unit and
secure it with the 3 screws.

9.10.3 Checking the fan and temperature sensor in the tube


assembly housing
Check whether the fan is functioning ➢ Check the function of the fan using service routine S005.4.
Ä If the fan is defective: Replace the fan.
Check whether the temperature sensor is ➢ Read the temperature in the single tank with service routine S005.5.
supplying plausible values Ä If the displayed temperature reading is not plausible: Replace
the tube assembly.

9.10.4 checking the radiation time


Preparing the measurement 1. Attach the Mult-O-Meter sensor in the middle of the sensor unit.
2. Turn the main switch (A) to position I.
A 3. Wait for approx. one minute.
Ä The radiation indicator X-ray (C) lights up for approx. one
second as a functional check.
B Ä The height adjustment keys light up blue seconds for a number
of seconds, then quickly change to green.
Ä After approx. 2 seconds, the green LED B in the upper part of
C the Easypad lights up. This LED remains lit as long as the unit
is on.
Ä The start screen is displayed on the touchscreen for several
D seconds.
Ä The program selection is then displayed on the touchscreen.
Ä The forehead support and temple supports are completely
open.
4. Press the R key.
Ä The unit moves to its starting position.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 339
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.10 Checking the tube data

5. Open the service menu and the service routine S002.3 (see service
manual).
6. Use the arrow keys (A) in selection field 1 to select the kV/mA level
60 kV/8 mA.
7. Use the arrow keys (A) in selection field 2 to select the radiation
time 0.5 s.

Performing measurements ➢ Initiate the radiation. Hold the release button pressed until the set
radiation time has expired.

Analyzing measurements ➢ Read the radiation time on the Mult-O-Meter.


Ä The value for the radiation time displayed on the Mult-O-Meter
must correspond to the radiation time of 0.5 s selected in the
service routine. The permissible tolerance is ± 10 %.
Ä If the measured radiation time does not fall within the
permissible tolerance, replace the tube assembly (see service
manual).
Ä If the measured radiation time falls within the permissible
tolerance, finalize the measurement.
Concluding the measurement 1. Exit the service routine.
2. Switch the unit on via switch (A) (see also Operating Instructions).

67 30 704 D3644
340 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.11 Checking the X-ray images

9.11 Checking the X-ray images


The check must be performed for pan, ceph and 3D X-ray images.

Check whether the X-ray images taken 1. Check to see whether the X-ray images taken by the dentist exhibit
by the dentist are OK an unexposed border on all four sides.
2. Check whether the X-ray images show normal definition.
3. Check whether the density of the X-ray image is OK.

If the quality of the X-ray image is not OK in any way:


Ä Check adjustment or calibration, if required, readjust and
recalibrate.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 341
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.12 Check rotation unit on the sensor unit for ease of access

9.12 Check rotation unit on the sensor unit for ease of


access
ü The unit must be switched on.
1. To switch from the PAN or CEPH program group to the 3D program
group (or the other way around), touch the icons at the top edge of
the touchscreen.
2. Confirm your selection by pressing the R key on the touchscreen.
Ä The rotation unit moves from the 2D to the 3D position or vice
versa.
3. Pay attention to unusual running noises.
If unusual running noises should occur during the test cycle or the
rotation unit stops due to increased resistance:
Ä Check mounting of the sensor unit.
Ä Replace sensor unit.

67 30 704 D3644
342 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.13 Checking the idling rollers

9.13 Checking the idling rollers

Check whether the idling rollers (A) are ➢ Manually turn the ring (B) and check it for smooth and easy
OK movement.
If the ring does not move smoothly and easily:
Ä Remove the housing covers and check the idle rollers (A) for
dirt and foreign particles. Clean and remove foreign particles if
necessary.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 343
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.14 Checking the protective ground wires

9.14 Checking the protective ground wires

DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard!
It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least one more 1
minute before beginning the check!

1. Switch the line voltage off at the main switch of the building
installation.
2. Disconnect the power cable and the second protective ground wire
from the building installation.
3. Remove the "bottom profile", "tube assembly", and "tube assembly,
cover" cover parts.

DANGER
Potentially lethal shock hazard
The connection and disconnection of the unit (power cable) to/from
the building installation must be performed by a qualified expert in
compliance with the national regulations. DIN VDE 0100-710 applies
in Germany.

Dentsply Sirona recommends an automatic tester (example illustration)


which complies with standard IEC 62353. If you do not use an
automatic tester, please pay attention to the specifications in the
standard IEC 62353.
1. Switch the line voltage off at the main switch of the building
installation.
2. DANGER! Note the electrical safety rules without fail.
Disconnect the power cable and the second protective ground wire
from the building installation.
3. Attach a connector compatible with the tester (see the user’s
manual for the tester) to the unit’s power cable.
4. Plug the connector of your power supply unit into the intended
socket on the tester in accordance with the user’s manual for the
tester.
5. Check whether the unit power switch is turned on.

IMPORTANT
The maximum permissible protective conductor resistance is set by
the manufacturer to 0.1 Ω for permanently connected devices.

6. Perform the measurements according to the operating instructions


of the tester:
– Protective conductor resistance between connector and
measuring point A: 0.1 Ω
– Protective conductor resistance between connector and
measuring point E (housing DX32: 0.2 Ω
– Protective conductor resistance between connector and
measuring point E (tube assembly housing): 0.2 Ω
7. Document the measured value of the protective conductor
resistance in the technical documentation. "Inspection and
maintenance and safety-related checks".

67 30 704 D3644
344 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.14 Checking the protective ground wires

Ä Threshold value
The measured value must not exceed the values given above.
8. If there is a deviation:
Check all protective conductors and their connections, correct the
fault and repeat the protective conductor test.
9. If the test was successful:
Reconnect the unit to the building installation (fixed connection)
(see the installation instructions for the unit).

Measuring point A: central ground wire

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 345
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.14 Checking the protective ground wires

Measuring points D and E: Board cage DX32 and tube assembly


housing

D Board cage DX32


E Tube assembly housing

67 30 704 D3644
346 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.15 Checking the ceph sensor holder

9.15 Checking the ceph sensor holder


Check whether the sensor locks and 1. Carefully insert the sensor upward into the holder:
unlocks easily and is firmly seated in the The sensor must snap in place audibly.
holder 2. Check the sensor for firm seating.
3. Press the locking button and carefully pull the sensor downward out
of the holder: The sensor must easily be removed.
A If the sensor cannot easily be inserted in or removed from the
holder, or is seated too loosely in the holder:
Ä Check the magnets on the sensor for dirt or foreign particles
and clean them or remove any foreign particles if necessary.
Ä Replace the sensor holder [→ 239].
Ä Replace the sensor (see Operating Instructions).
B

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 347
9 Maintenance Dentsply Sirona
9.16 Checking the forehead and temple supports

9.16 Checking the forehead and temple supports

Check whether the forehead support ➢ Move the forehead support and observe the position.
moves easily and without jolting If the forehead support cannot be adjusted easily and jerk-free:
throughout its travel range Ä Replace the headrest.
Check whether the temple supports move ➢ Move the temple supports and observe the position.
easily and symmetrically If the temple supports cannot be adjusted jerk-free and
symmetrically:
Ä Replace the headrest.

67 30 704 D3644
348 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 9 Maintenance
9.17 Checking the cables for damage

9.17 Checking the cables for damage


Check whether the cables feeding the ➢ Perform a visual inspection of the power cable, protective ground
unit are OK wire, control cables and data cables.
If cables exhibit external damage:
Ä Replace the corresponding cable (see wiring diagram).

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 349
10 Dismantling and disposal Dentsply Sirona
10.1 Dismantling and reinstallation

10 Dismantling and disposal


IMPORTANT
Please export all test reports that require safekeeping before
dismantling the device.

10.1 Dismantling and reinstallation


When dismantling and reassembling the unit, proceed according to the
installation instructions for new installation in order to guarantee its
functioning and stability.
The X-ray unit must be recalibrated whenever structural alterations in
the area surrounding the X-ray room or new installations have been
performed.

10.2 Disposal
Please observe the information in section Important information for
repacking and transport.
In accordance with Directive 2012/19/EU and national disposal
regulations regarding old electrical and electronic devices, please be
advised that such items must be disposed of in a special way within the
European Union (EU). These regulations require the environmentally
friendly recycling/disposal of old electrical and electronic devices. Such
items must not be disposed of as domestic refuse. This has been
expressed, among other methods, using the icon of the "crossed out
trash can" since 24.03.2006.

Disposal procedure
We feel responsible for our products from the first idea to their disposal.
For this reason, we give you an option to return our waste electrical and
electronic equipment.
If you wish to dispose of your equipment, please proceed as follows:
In Germany
To initiate return of the electrical equipment, please send a disposal
request to enretec GmbH. You have the following options here:
● Use the "Returning an electrical device" button under the ‘eom’
menu item on the enretec GmbH homepage ([Link]).
● Alternatively, you can also contact enretec GmbH directly.
enretec GmbH
Kanalstrasse 17
16727 Velten
Phone: +49 3304 3919-500
E-mail: eom@[Link]
In accordance with the national disposal regulations regarding old
electrical and electronic devices (ElektroG), as the manufacturer, we
assume the costs for disposing of the electrical and electronic devices
in question. Disassembly, transport, and packaging costs shall be borne
by the owner/operator.

67 30 704 D3644
350 D3644.[Link] 08.2020
Dentsply Sirona 10 Dismantling and disposal
10.2 Disposal

Prior to disassembly/disposal of the unit, it must be prepared


professionally (cleaned/disinfected/sterilized).
If your unit is not permanently installed, it will be collected from the
practice. If it is permanently installed, it will be picked up curbside at
your address by appointment.
Abroad:
For country-specific information on disposal, contact your local dental
dealers.
The X-ray tube assembly for this product contains an X-ray tube with a
potential implosion hazard, a small amount of beryllium, a lead lining,
and mineral oil.
The unit contains counterbalancing weights made of lead.

67 30 704 D3644
D3644.[Link] 08.2020 351
We reserve the right to make any alterations which may be required due to technical improvements.

© Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Sprache: englisch Printed in Germany


D3644.[Link] 08.2020 Ä.-Nr.: 129 722

Sirona Dental Systems GmbH

Fabrikstr. 31 Order No 67 30 704 D3644


64625 Bensheim
Germany
[Link]

You might also like